NOTICE
Note that when converting this document from its original format to a .pdf file,
some minor font and format changes may occur causing slight variations. When
viewing and printing this document, we cannot guarantee that your specific PC or
printer will support all of the fonts or graphics. Therefore, when you view the
document fonts may be substituted and your individual printer may not have the
capability to print the document correctly.

KEY-COMMON CHANNEL INTEROFFICE
SIGNALING (K-CCIS) MANUAL
INT-1030 (IPK)
Document Revision 5

Contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice at the discretion of NEC
Unified Solutions, Inc. This document has been prepared for the use of employees and
customers of NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. and may not be reproduced without prior written
approval of NEC Unified Solutions, Inc.
ElectraMail and Electra Elite are registered trademarks of NEC America, Inc. Windows is a
registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Copyright 2005

NEC Infrontia, Inc.
6535 N. State Highway 161
Irving, TX 75039-2402
Technology Development

Preface
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
The Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS) System Manual
describes the system and provides hardware installation and programming
procedures for the Electra Elite IPK system.
Some programming can be accomplished using a PC or a Multiline
Terminal.
MANUAL
ORGANIZATION
This manual contains the following chapters:
Chapter 1  General Information
This chapter is an outline of the K-CCIS system that explains the
equipment names and functions, and provides system specifications,
capacities, and operating conditions.
Chapter 2 Hardware Installation
This chapter explains the hardware installation procedure to interface the
CCIS system with the Key Telephone System.
Chapter 3 System Data Programming
This chapter provides a list of the Memory Blocks that need to be assigned
to support K-CCIS.
Chapter 4 Features and Specifications
This chapter contains features available with the K-CCIS system.

Chapter 5 - IP (K-CCIS)
This chapter describes the system outline, installation of hardware, and
programming procedures for the IP K-CCIS in the Electra Elite IPK
system.
Chapter 6 IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)
This chapter describes the system outline, installation of hardware, and
programming procedures for the IP K-CCIS in a NEAX PBX (Point-to-
Multipoint) with the Electra Elite IPK system.

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
xiv
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual

Chapter 1
General Information

General Information
Chapter 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
This chapter provides a system outline, the name and functions of the circuit cards
required, system capacity, time slot assignments, system specifications and network
structure considerations.
SEC
TION 1
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS) can interface this system with a
Public Network. The system is configured with the 24 channel Digital Trunk Interface
(DTI) for digital network. A Phase Locked Oscillator (PLO) for digital network
synchronization is needed, and a Common Channel Handler (CCH) for receiving/
transmitting common signaling data from/to the distant office.
The system can provide a variety of interoffice service features such as Link
Reconnect, Virtual Look Ahead Routing, Centralized Voice Mail/Auto Attendant
Integration, Call Forwarding, Voice Call with Handsfree Answerback and Caller ID
Display. For a more detail description refer to Chapter 4 Features and Specifications.
For a diagram of the system outline, refer to Figure 1-1 K-CCIS System Outline.
NEAX2000
Electra Elite IPK
NEAX2400
24-Channel PCM
Digital Line
DTI
DTI
CCH
CCH
Predetermined
Common
Channel
MP
MP
CLK
CCH: Common Channel Handler
DTI:
Digital Trunk Interface
CLK: Clock (Phase Lock Oscillator)
MP:
Main Processor
Figure 1-1 K-CCIS System Outline
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
1 - 1

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
1.1
Digital Trunk Interface (DTI)
The Digital Trunk Interface (DTI) interfaces the PBX directly to a 24-channel
PCM transmission line. The 24-channel DTI has the following functions.
H
Unipolar/Bipolar Conversion (AMI Format/B8ZS Format)
H
Alarm Detection/Insertion
H
Digital PAD on Voice Signal Transmission
H
Loop-Back Test (Local/Remote Loop Back)
H
Cyclic Redundancy Checking (based on ITU-T Rec. G704)
The Electra Elite IPK system does not support 30-channel DTI.
When connecting a 24-channel DTI to a transmission line, use twisted-pair
cables.
1.2
Common Channel Handler (CCH)
The Common Channel Handler (CCH) card provides a common channel
signal through the DTI to a Electra Elite IPK network, and it is responsible for
signaling between the Key Telephone System (KTS) and the Electra Elite IPK
network under control of the CPU.
1.3
Phase Locked Oscillator (PLO)
The Phase Locked Oscillator (PLO) provides synchronization between the
TDSW and other offices. In this system, the CLKG-U Unit is used. The clock
generates a synchronized clock signal according to the source clock signals
supplied from the source office within the network, and supplies the generated
clock signal to the TDSW. The clock is supplied with clock signals extracted
from the DTI.
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 2
General Information

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________

Source Office
Receiver Office
Receiver/Local-Receiver Office
TDSW
TDSW
TDSW
DTI
DTI
DTI
DTI
DTI
DTI
CLK
CLK
CLK
Source
Electra Elite IPK
Clock
Direction of Clock
Signal Supply
Figure 1-2 Clock Supply Route
1.4
Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS)
The PBX can provide Electra Elite IPK via a digital network. The network
requires the Common Channel Handler (CCH) to control the common
signaling between offices.
Digital Network
When Electra Elite IPK is provided via a digital network, the CCH is connected
to the DTI by a fixed path in the TDSW and transmits and receives common
signaling data to/from the distant office through a predetermined channel.
Voice signals are transmitted and received per line through other channels.
Figure 1-3 K-CCIS System Configuration shows the system configuration of
K-CCIS provided via a digital network.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
1 - 3

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
NEAX2000
Electra Elite IPK
NEAX2400
C
24-Channel PCM
P
D
Digital Line
U
TI
DTI
CCH
C
L
C
K
C
H
MP
CCH: Common Channel Handler
DTI:
Digital Trunk Interface
CLK: Clock (Phase Lock Oscillator)
MP:
Main Processor
Figure 1-3 K-CCIS System Configuration
SEC
TION 2
DTI SPECIFICATIONS
The following specifications applies to the DTI( )-U30.
2.1
Characteristics

Output
Line Rate
1.544 Mbps + 50 ppm
Line Code
AMI with ZCS/B8ZS ,
Line Impedance
100
Pulse Amplitude (Base to Peak)
3 volts ± 0.6 volts
Pulse Width
3214 ns ± 30 ns
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 4
General Information

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Input
Line Rate
1.544 Mbps ± 200 ppm(130 ppm)
Pulse Amplitude (Base to Peak)
1.5 volts ~ 3 volts
Frame Synchronization Pattern
100011011100
Input Jitter
ITU-T Fig.1/G743
Wander
±138UI, 193UI or 138UI, +193UI
Cable Length from Elite to MDF or
Maximum 196m (655 ft.) with
External Equipment
(22 AWG) twisted-pair cable
,
AMI:
Alternate Mark Inversion
ZCS:
Zero Code Suppression
B8ZS:
Bipolar Eight Zero Substituting
2.2
Frame Configuration for 24 DTI
According to the AT&T Specifications for 24-channel transmission, there are
two types of frame configurations: 12 Multi-Frame (D4) and 24 Multi-Frame
(ESF).
12 Multi-Frame (D4)
The frame has 12 Multi-Frames, and each Multi-Frame has a 24-channel PCM
signal (8 bits/channel) and an S bit (Superframe bit). Figure 1-4 Frame
Configuration of 24-DTI (12 Multi-Frame) shows the frame configuration, and
Figure 1-5 Frame Configuration of 24-DTI (24 Multi-Frame) shows the frame
bit assignment.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
1 - 5

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________

CH1
CH2
CH3
CH24
s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
FRAME 1
FRAME 2
FRAME 3
FRAME 12
s
128 µS
S: Superframe Bit
Figure 1-4 Frame Configuration of 24-DTI (12 Multi-Frame)
Table 1-1 12 Multi-Frame Bit Assignment
S-Bit
Frame
Number
Terminal
Signal
Synchronization (FT)
Synchronization (FS)
1
1
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
1
6
1
7
0
8
1
9
1
10
1
11
0
12
0
The S-bit is the first bit in each frame.
Frames are repeated in the order shown in this table.
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 6
General Information

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
24 Multi-Frame (Extended Superframe ESF)
This frame has 24 Multi-Frames and each Multi-Frame has a 24-channel PCM signal
(8 bits/channel) and an S bit (Superframe bit).
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH24
s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
FRAME 1
FRAME 2
FRAME 3
FRAME 24
s
128 µS
S: Superframe Bit
Figure 1-5 Frame Configuration of 24-DTI (24 Multi-Frame)
Table 1-2 24 Multi-Frame Bit Assignment
S-Bit
Frame
Number
Frame
4 kbps
CRC
Synchronization
Data Link
1
m
2
CB1
3
m
4
0
5
m
6
CB2
7
m
8
0
9
m
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
1 - 7

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 1-2 24 Multi-Frame Bit Assignment (Continued)
S-Bit
Frame
Number
Frame
4 kbps
CRC
Synchronization
Data Link
10
CB3
11
m
12
1
13
m
14
CB4
15
m
16
0
17
m
18
CB5
19
m
20
1
21
m
22
CB6
23
m
24
1
Note: The S-bit is the first bit in each frame.
Frames are repeated in the order shown in this table.
The letter "m" in the 4 kbps Data Link column indicates the frame is
usually assigned to 1.
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 8
General Information

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 3
NETWORK STRUCTURE CONSIDERATIONS
3.1
Determining System Configurations
The configuration of the network and the number of lines (channels) should be
determined and depends on the traffic between each office.
The topologies listed in this section are supported in the Electra Elite IPK
system KTS-to-KTS structure.
H
Star Topology (Refer to Figure 1-6 Star Topology (KTS-to-KTS or
PBX-to-KTS) on page 1-9.)
H
Tree Topology (Refer to Figure 1-7 Tree Topology (KTS-to-KTS or
PBX-to-KTS) on page 1-10.)
H
Mesh Topology - only supported when the KTS is the end-point in a
PBX-to-KTS network. (Refer to Figure 1-8 Mesh Topology
(PBX-to-KTS) on page 1-11.)
MAIN/HUB
A
B
C
D
E
Star Topology supports a total of five systems; this restriction is due to
CCH(4)-U10 ETU in the Main/Hub system.
Figure 1-6 Star Topology (KTS-to-KTS or PBX-to-KTS)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
1 - 9

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________

NEAX
E
IPK
4th Hop
F
5th Hop
IPK
I
NEAX
D
3rd Hop
G
NEAX
2000
C
H
2nd Hop
B
1st Hop
A
Tree Topology supports a total of 17 systems; this restriction is due to the Closed
Numbering Plan Assignments (programmed using Memory Blocks 1-1-46/47
Items 401~416). Even though 17 systems are allowed, only five hops, are
permitted. Software does not limit the number of hops. The limitation is due to the
CCH message delay through each tandem system.
, Hops - Tandem through another system
Figure 1-7 Tree Topology (KTS-to-KTS or PBX-to-KTS)
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 10
General Information

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________

PBX A
PBX B
NEAX2400
NEAX2400
PBX C
PBX D
NEAX2400
NEAX2400
PBX E
PBX F
PBX G
PBX H
NEAX2000
NEAX2000
NEAX2400
NEAX2000
KTS I
KTS J
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Expanded
Basic
An Electra Elite IPK can be connected to a PBX only as a remote office. The
Electra Elite IPK software can register a maximum of 255 point codes in the
Electra Elite IPK network. The network must consist of a PBX-to-KTS structure
with the KTS programmed as a remote office. The KTS must be located as the
end-point in the Electra Elite IPK network.
Figure 1-8 Mesh Topology (PBX-to-KTS)
3.2
Determining Number of K-CCIS Routes
When the system is a Central office or Tandem office, two or more routes to
other offices are required. Each CCH(4)-U10 can support K-CCIS links. Only
one CCH(4)-U10 can be installed in an Electra Elite IPK KSU. The KTS
requires the following to support a K-CCIS interface:
H
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
H
DTI(1)-U30 ETU
H
CLKG-U Unit
One Common Signaling Channel (CSC) can support up to 63 voice channels,
if needed.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
1 - 11

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Any channel from the 24-channel T1 circuit on a DTI PKG can be assigned as
a CCH channel. One T1 circuit (DTI) can support four K-CCIS links. The
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed into any interface slot (IF 1~8) of any
Electra Elite IPK cabinet in the KSU.
T1
S
System B
24 Channels
Y
C
S
S
T
System C
U
E
/
M
D
System D
S
A
U
4 CCH
C
C
System E
H
(4)
Channels
5 Voice Channels
1 CCH Channel (CCH 1~4)
System A has one CCH(4)-U10 ETU and one DTI-U30 ETU.
Figure 1-9 K-CCIS Routes
3.3
Determining the Type of Transmission Lines
The types of transmission lines available on the Electra Elite IPK system are
digital only (DTI-U30 ETU).
3.4
Determining which Systems Should be the Central Office
If using a KTS-to-KTS only network and features such as Voice Mail
Integration K-CCIS are used, the key system that has the voice mail system
installed, must be programmed as the Central Office. All other key systems
must be programmed as Remote offices.
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 12
General Information

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.5
Determining Point Codes
Point Codes are used to distinguish an originating office from a destination
office in the K-CCIS network. A Point Code is assigned to each office in the
K-CCIS network. The following guidelines apply when determining the Point
Codes:
H
The same Point Code cannot be assigned to more than one office.
H
The same origination Point Code must be assigned to each K-CCIS
channel in the same system.
H
The maximum number of Point Codes that can be assigned is 256 (a
maximum of 256 offices can be connected in the same network).
PC:00001
PC:00002
CCH 1
CCH 1
A
B
CCH 2
PC:00003
CCH 1
C
A/B/C: System
CCH:
Common Channel Handler
PC:
Point Code
Figure 1-10 Point Code Assignment Example
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
1 - 13

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
·
Data Assignment for System A
Setting
Setting
M.B.
Remarks
Data 1
Data 2
1-15-03
1
00001
Assign the Originating Point Code for System
A.
2
00001
1-15-04
1
00002
Assign the Destination Point Code for CCH 1.
2
00003
Assign the Destination Point Code for CCH 2.
·
Data Assignment for System B
Setting
Setting
M.B.
Remarks
Data 1
Data 2
Assign the Originating Point Code for System
1-15-03
1
00002
B.
1-15-04
1
00001
Assign the Destination Point Code for CCH 1.
·
Data Assignment for System C
Setting
Setting
M.B.
Remarks
Data 1
Data 2
Assign the Originating Point Code for System
1-15-03
1
00003
C.
1-15-04
1
00001
Assign the Destination Point Code for CCH 1.
Setting Data 1 = CCH
Setting Data 2 = Point Code
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 14
General Information

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.6
Determining CCH Link to Send Messages
The tandem office must be programmed with the proper information to
indicate how the CCH (in its own system) is connected to other offices in the
network. Every office linked to the CCH must be identified by assigning the
Point Codes that it accepts within the network (refer to the following example).
When using features such as the Link Reconnect - K-CCIS, this must be
programmed using MB 1-15-05. MB 1-5-05 allows the links between each
system and the CCH, through which it is directed, to be assigned.
PC:00004
PC:00002
CCH 1
CCH 2
B
D
CCH 1
PC:00001
PC:00003
CCH 1
CCH 1
A
CCH 2
C
A/B/C/D: System
CCH:
Common Channel Handler
PC:
Point Code
Figure 1-11 CCH Linking
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
1 - 15

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
·
Data Assignment for System A
Setting
Setting
M.B.
Remarks
Data 1
Data 2
It is not necessary to assign system data for this
1-15-05
None
None
office.
·
Data Assignment for System B
Setting
Setting
M.B.
Remarks
Data 1
Data 2
1-15-05
00001
1
Assign the data to create a link between office B
and office A using CCH 1 and a link between
00003
2
office B and office C using CCH 2.
00004
2
·
Data Assignment for System C
Setting
Setting
M.B.
Remarks
Data 1
Data 2
1-15-05
00001
1
Assign the data to create a link between office C
and office B using CCH 1 and a link between
00002
1
office C and office C using CCH 2.
00004
2
·
Data Assignment for System D
Setting
Setting
M.B.
Remarks
Data 1
Data 2
It is not necessary to assign system data for this
1-15-05
None
None
office.
System Data 1 = Point Code
System Data 2 = CCH used to link between offices
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 16
General Information

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.7
Determining Circuit Identification Code (CIC)
The DTI trunk needs to distinguish between Voice Path and Common
Signaling channel. The trunks using Voice Path are assigned a CIC number
for each T1 trunk. The CIC numbers must match those in the connected
system. Refer to Figure 1-12 Circuit Identification Codes (CIC).
System A
System C
C
DTI PKG (2)
DTI PK
I P G (1)
1
C
P
TK25
TK01
P
TK26
TK02
U
TK27
TK03
U
CLK
CLK
TK47
TK23
TK48
TK24
Common Channel
Signaling
DTI PKG (1)
CCH (4)
TK01
TK02
TK03
CCH 4
CCH 3
CCH 2
CCH 1
TK23
TK24
System B
CCH (4)
DTI PKG (1)
C
CCH 4
TK01
P
CCH 3
TK02
U
CCH 2
TK03
CCH 1
CLK
TK23
TK24
System A:
CIC Numbers for DTI(1) TK 01~23 = 001~023
CCH (4)
CIC Numbers for DTI(2) TK 25~47 = 001~023
System B:
CCH 4
CIC Numbers for DTI(1) TK 01~23 = 001~023
CCH 3
CCH 2
System C:
CCH 1
CIC Numbers for DTI(1) TK 01~23 = 001~023
Note: The Common Signaling Channel (CCH)
cannot have a CIC number assigned.
Figure 1-12 Circuit Identification Codes (CIC)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
1 - 17

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.8
Determining Numbering Plan
The Uniform Numbering Plan is used for the numbering plan in the K-CCIS
network. The Closed Numbering Plan is provided by the Closed Numbering
Blocks. The Automatic Route Selection (ARS) feature provides the Open
Numbering Plan.
When an outgoing call is placed through a K-CCIS link, the originating station
number (Office Code and Station Number) and a terminating Station Number
are transmitted across the link to the destination office. The originating station
number consists of the office number assigned in Memory Block 1-15-06 and
the station number assigned in Memory Block 4-10 for the station.
Figure 1-13 Closed Numbering Plan Example and Figure 1-14 Open
Numbering Plan Example provide examples of Station Numbering (Closed
Numbering) and Office Code and Station Numbering (Open Numbering).
B
C
A
2500
A
2501
2801
When using a Closed
2800
Numbering Plan, the station
numbers can be two to four
digits long.
2100
2101
When a call is originated from Office A to Office C, 2800 is dialed.
28 00
Station
Number
Office Location (Access Code reinserted by
programming Memory Block 1-1-50).
Figure 1-13 Closed Numbering Plan Example
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 18
General Information

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
B
57
C
A
58
56
2100
2101
2101
2100
2100
2101

When a call is originated from Office A to Office C, 8 + 58 + 2100 is dialed.
8 = Access Code for ARS
58 = Office Code for System C
2100 = Station Number
The Station Number can be two to four digits long.
Memory Block 1-15-06 allows a maximum or four digits, including the Access Code and
the Office Code.

When using the Open Numbering Plan, the following combination of digits can be used:
·
When the Access Code is set for two digits, the Office Code can only be two digits.
Access Code = XX
Office Code = XX
Station Number = XXXX
·
When the Access Code is set for one digit, the Office Code can be two or three digits.
Access Code = X
Office Code = XX or XXX
Station Number = XXXXX
Figure 1-14 Open Numbering Plan Example
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
1 - 19

Chapter 2
Hardware Installation

Hardware Installation
Chapter 2
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 1
INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS
Observe the following precautions when installing the ETUs to
avoid static electricity damage to hardware or exposure to
hazardous voltages.
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of CMOS technology that is
very susceptible to static; therefore, extreme care must be taken to avoid static
discharge when handling ETUs.
Make all switch setting changes on the ETU before inserting it into the KSU.
When installed, the component side of all ETUs must face the left side of the
KSU. Ejector tabs are always on top. Refer to Figure 2-1 Inserting the ETU into
the KSU.
Figure 2-1 Inserting the ETU into the KSU
When carrying an ETU, keep it in a conductive polyethylene bag to prevent
damage due to static electricity.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
2 - 1

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
When handling an ETU, the installer must wear a grounded wrist strap to protect
the ETU from static electricity.
When inserting or removing an ETU, be sure the wrist strap is connected to the
Frame Ground Terminal on the KSU.
ETU
KSU
Wrist
Strap
Frame
Ground
Terminal
Figure 2-2 Inserting or Removing ETUs from the KSU
When holding an ETU, do not touch the components or the soldered surfaces
with your bare hands. Place one hand under the bottom corner of the ETU and
with the other hand hold the ejector tab (located in the top corner of the ETU).
Ejector Tab
Figure 2-3 Handling an ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 2
Hardware Installation

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
When setting switches on the ETU, wear a wrist strap and stand on a grounded
conductive work surface to avoid static electricity.
ETU
Wrist
Strap
Grounded
Conductive
Surface
Figure 2-4 Safety Precautions when Setting Switches on an ETU
SEC
TION 2
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR THE DIGITAL K-CCIS
2.1
Installing the DTI-U30 ETU
2.1.1
Description
The DTI-U30 ETU is a Digital Trunk Interface that provides
termination of FT1 (DS-0 channels) trunks that support K-CCIS and
Automatic Number Indication (ANI) on a T1.
A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start signaling can be used
on the DTI-U30 ETU. DTMF, Dial Pulse dialing, Tie line (E&M) and
DID are supported. The DTI-U30 ETU has 24 built-in DTMF
detectors. Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with
UL 1459 requirements.
Only the DTI-U30 ETU can be used to support the K-CCIS
feature with point-to-point E&M Tie lines.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
2 - 3

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________

Figure 2-5 DTI-U30 ETU
2.1.2
Considerations when Installing a DTI-U30 ETU in an Electra Elite
IPK System
When a DTI-U30 ETU is installed, a CLKG-U( ) Unit must be
installed on the CPUI( )-U10 ETU.
The DTI-U30 ETU can be installed in any slot of the B64-U20 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk cards installed. Refer
to the Universal Slots feature in the Electra Elite IPK Features and
Specifications Manual.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 4
Hardware Installation

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________

Table 2-1 DTI-U30 Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW11
H
On:Indicates alarm or loopback
Used to assign LED
status of the channel
indications
H
Off:Indicates channel is busy or
idle (Default)
SW12
H
On:
Loopback on
Switches loopback on
H
Off:
Loopback off (Default)
and off
SW13
H
On:
DTE Loopback enabled
Sets loopback
(Software loopback within
the DTI ETU)
H
Off:
Line Loopback enabled
When SW1-2 is On,
(Loopback to CO)
this switch is active.
(Default)
SW14
H
On:
Test Mode
Switches between
H
Off:
Normal Operation Mode
normal operation
(Default)
mode and test mode
SW15
N/A
N/A
SW16
N/A
N/A
SW2
N/A
Resets the DTI ETU
2.1.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Ë
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Ë
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (Power On)
Ë
Off
No Power
When SW11 is OFF, LEDs 1~24 indicate the following:
Ë
LEDs 1~24
Channel Busy or idle
When SW11 is ON, LEDs 1~24 indicate the following: (For a
description of the alarms refer to 2.1.4 Alarm Conditions.)
Ë
LED 1
LSA Alarm
Ë
LED 2
AIS Alarm
Ë
LED 3
OOF Alarm
Ë
LED 4
RAI Alarm
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
2 - 5

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Ë
LED 5
CRC Alarm
Ë
LED 6
BPV Alarm
Ë
LED 7
SLIP Alarm
Ë
LED 8
N/A
Ë
LED 9
TSC Alarm
Ë
LED 10
ESA Alarm
Ë
LED 11
LOS Alarm
Ë
LEDs 12~16
N/A
Ë
LED 17
Line Loopback On
Ë
LED 18
DTE Loopback On
Ë
LEDs 19~24
N/A
2.1.4
Alarm Conditions
A brief description of each alarm is given below.
Ë
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) Detection
When the system is receiving an Alarm Indication Signal from
an FT1 trunk, the LED is red.
Ë
Controlled Slip Event Detection (SLIP)
When the timing difference between a synchronous receiving
terminal and the received signal exceeds the buffering ability of
the terminal, the LED is red.
Ë
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Error Event Detection
When a CRC Error occurs, the LED lights red.
Ë
Excessive Bipolar Violation (BPV) Detection
When excessive BPV is detected, the LED lights red.
Ë
Line Synchronization Alarm (LSA) Detection
When an FT1 trunk loses frame synchronization, the LED lights
red.
Ë
Out-of-Frame (OOF) Condition Detection
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 6
Hardware Installation

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
When two of the four or five framing data bits received are in
error, the LED lights red.
Ë
Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) Detection
When RAl is received, the LED lights red.
2.1.5
Connectors
The DTI ETU-U30 has one connector:
Ë
CN1
Connects to the backboard
2.1.6
Connections

MDF
TA
TELCO
T1
CSU/DSU
TB
Provider
RA
RB
Figure 2-6 DTI-U30 Connections
2.2
Installing the CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
2.2.1
Description
The Common Channel Handler ETU [CCH(4)-U( ) ETU] provides a
common channel signal through the DTI ETU to a K-CCIS network. It
provides signaling between the KTS and the CPU. Each CCH ETU
supports four K-CCIS links.
Only one CCH(4)-U10 ETU can be installed in each system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
2 - 7

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 2-7 CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
2.2.2
Considerations when Installing a CCH(4)-U( ) ETU in an Electra Elite
IPK System
The CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in any IF slot in the B64-U10
KSU or any IF slot in either expansion cabinet. Only one
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in a system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 8
Hardware Installation

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.2.3
Switch Settings
Default switch settings are shown in the following table.
Table 2-2 CCH(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting/Description
SW1
Momentary Switch
Resets the CCH ETU. If this switch is pressed, it interrupts
all K-CCIS users connected to the CCH ETU. This switch
should only be used after all other options have been
tried.
SW21
H Off:
Normal Operation (Default)
H On:
Test Mode
SW22
H Off:
Boot from Flash Memory (Default)
H On:
Boot from E-PROM (IC30)
SW23
H Off:
Normal Operation (Default)
H On:
Test Mode
SW24
H Off:
Watch Dog Timer On (Default)
H On:
Watch Dog Timer Off
2.2.4
LED Indications
Table 2-3 CCH(4) LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing Off
1
Link status for CCH1
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
2
Link status for CCH2
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
3
Link status for CCH3
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
4
Link status for CCH4
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
5
Link status for CCH1
Data sent/received
Not Used
Idle
6
Link status for CCH2
Data sent/received
Not Used
Idle
7
Link status for CCH3
Data sent/received
Not Used
Idle
8
Link status for CCH4
Data sent/received
Not Used
Idle
9
CCH status
Alarm
Normal Operation
Not Operating
10
LIVE
Operation stopped
Normal Operation
No Power
(Power still on)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
2 - 9

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.2.5
Connectors
The CCH(4)-U( ) ETU has two connectors:
Ë
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Ë
CN2
Used for maintenance functions
2.2.6
Connections
There are no physical connections to the MDF for the CCH ETU.
2.3
Installing the CLKG-U( ) ETU on the Main Processor
2.3.1
Description
The CLKG-U( ) Unit provides clock synchronization for FT1 lines,
ISDN-BRI lines, ISDN-PRI lines, and wireless lines that are
connected to the Electra Elite IPK system.
This unit works with the DTI-U30 ETU, BRT(4)-U( ) ETU, PRT(1)-U( )
ETU, and BSU(2)-U( ) ETUs and is piggybacked on the CPUI( )-U( )
ETU.
Note: The PHS is only used for Wireless
mode. ISDN.PHS is used for all other
modes.
Figure 2-8 CLKG-U( ) Unit
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 10
Hardware Installation

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.3.2
Installation
Only one CLKG-U( ) Unit can be installed in an Electra Elite IPK
system.
2.3.3
Connectors
The following connectors are located on the CLKG-U( ) Unit.
Ë
CN1
Connects to CN5 on the CPUI( )-U( ) ETU
Ë
CN2
Connects to CN6 on the CPUI( )-U( ) ETU
2.3.4
Switch Settings
Leave SW1 set to ISDN.PSH when ISDN/T1 or ISDN/T1 and
wireless trunks are installed.
When only wireless trunks are installed, set SW1 to PHS.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
2 - 11

Chapter 3
Programming

System Data Programming
Chapter 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 1
K-CCIS PROGRAMMING
This chapter provides a list of the Memory Blocks that must be assigned to support
K-CCIS. The Memory Blocks that are programmed, depend on the K-CCIS features
that are used. The tables provided in this sections provide a complete list of Memory
Blocks that must be programmed to support the function (e.g., Digital Trunk
Assignment, CCH Assignment, Numbering Plan Assignment).
At the end of this section, programming samples are provided for Open and Closed
Numbering Plans.
1.1
Digital Trunk Data Assignment
Use these Memory Block assignments to indicate to the system where (which
slot) the DTI ETU card is located, the signaling format the DTU ETU uses, and
to assign other information relating to the trunks.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
7-1
Card Interface Slot
Select Slot and Card
Page 6, LK 1~6
Upper and lower
Assignment
type to be assigned.
Slot must be
DTI-U30 ETU
assigned to allocate
the correct number
of channels needed.
1-8-33
Master Clock Selection
Select the cabinet and
Not Assigned
slot number to assign the
slave clock source.
= Default
1-11-00
Signal Format Selection
Assign the necessary
LK1 = 12 SF
If 56K K-CCIS is
function to each DTI-U30
LK2 = 24 ESF
used. 24 Multi-
ETU installed.
Frame (ESF) must
= Default
be assigned.
1-11-01
Clear Channel Selection
Assign the necessary
LK1 = ZCS
function to each DTI-U30
LK2 = B8ZS
ETU installed.
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
3 - 1

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-11-02
Line Length Selection
Assign the necessary
LK1 = 0~131
Maximum distance
function to each DTI-U30
LK2 = 132~262
back-to-back T1s
ETU installed.
LK3 = 263~393
can be connected is
LK4 = 394~524
655 ft without CSU/
LK5 = 525~655
DSU service.
= Default
1-11-05
T1 Channel Selection
Select the channels to be
LK On = Allow
Only the number of
used.
LK Off = Deny
channels assigned
in MB 7-1 can be
allowed.
1-11-07
DTI Trunk Type
Assign the trunk type in
LK1 = CO
Assignment
groups of 4 as E&M for
LK2 = E&M
each T1 used for K-CCIS
LK3 = DID
service.
LK4 = ANI
= Default
3-03
Trunk-to-Trunk Group
Assign voice channels to
Assign Trunks to Trunk
Recommend to start
Assignment
Trunk Group. The data
Group
with Trunk Group 10
channel must be
for Voice Channels.
assigned to Trunk Group
Default = Not Assigned
00.
3-14
Tie Line Type Assignment
Assign the Voice and
LK1 = 2nd Dial Tone
Data channels as Wink
LK2 = Immediate
Start.
LK3 = Delay
LK4 = Wink
= Default
3-91
Trunk Type Assignment
Assign the Voice
LK1 = CO
Channels as TIE and the
LK2 = PBX
Data Channel as CO.
LK3 = TIE
LK4 = DID
LK5 = CTX
= Default
5-06
Trunk Group Outgoing
Assign the outgoing
LK1 = H>L
Priority Selection
priority for Trunk access
LK2 = L>H
to each Trunk Group.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 2
System Data Programming

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
1.2
CCH Assignment
Use these Memory Block assignments to indicate to the system where (which
slot) the CCH ETU card is located, the signaling format the DTU ETU uses,
and to assign other information relating to the trunks.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
7-1
Card Interface Slot
Select slot and card type
Page 4, LK 2
Only one CCH (4)
Assignment
to be assigned.
ETU per system.
CCH (4)-U10
1-15-00
K-CCIS Main/Remote
Assign the main or remote
LK1 = None
Only one system in
Office Selection
system. It is recommend
LK2 = Main
the network can be
that this setting be done
LK3 = Remote
assigned as the
last.
Main System. All
= Default
others should be
assigned as Remote
if in a PBX
environment.
1-15-01
Common Signal Channel
Assign the data speed for
LK1 = 64k
Should have the
Data Speed Assignment
each CCH channel.
LK2 = 56k
same settings as the
LK3 = 48(1)k
CCH channel on
LK4 = 48(2)k
opposite side of link.
= Default
1-15-02
Common Signal Channel
Assign the trunk(s) to be
Default = Not
Enter the trunk
Assignment
used as the common
Assigned
number.
signaling channel.
1-15-03
Originating Point Code
Assign the Originating
Default = Not
Originating point
Assignment
Point Code (OPC) to each
Assigned for CCH
code is the same for
CCH number.
1~4
all CCHs that are
being used.
1-15-04
Destination Point Code
Assign the Destination
Default = Not
DPC must be what
Assignment
Point Code (DPC) to each
Assigned for CCH
the OPC is on the
CCH number.
1~4
opposite side of the
link.
1-15-05
Destination Point Code
Assign the CCH number
Default = 0 for
Only used when
Transfer Assignment
to which a signaling
T001~T256
K-CCIS calls are
message is transferred
tandem through the
according to the Point
system via CCIS.
Code received. Up to 256
point codes can be
assigned.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
3 - 3

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
1.3
Numbering Plan Assignment
Use these Memory Block assignments to indicate to the system the number of
digits that are assigned to stations, the number of digits assigned to Access
Codes, and to assign stations to ports.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-2-03
2-, 3-, or 4-Digit Station
Assign the number of
2 DGT
Number Selection
digits for station numbers.
3 DGT
4 DGT
= Default
1-1-46/47/48
Access Code (1-,2- or 3-
Assign Access Code to
1=001
Digit) Assignment
Intercom Function
2=001
Number.
3=001
= Default
4-10
Station Number
Assign station number to
Default = 100's are
Assignment
ports.
assigned
1.4
Programming for Closed Numbering Plan
Use these Memory Block assignments to assign Access Code to the Intercom
Function Numbers, to assign closed numbering block to the appropriate Trunk
Groups and the specify the digits that are added to the dialed number.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46/47/48
Access Code (1-,2- or 3-
Assign Access Code to
1=001
Starting digits of
Digit) Assignment
Intercom Function
2=001
remote extensions
Number.
3=001
equal 401~416 for
Closed Numbering
= Default
Block.
1-1-49
Networking Trunk Group/
Assign the Closed
01~16 = Trunk Group

Route Advance
Numbering Block to the
Function number
Assignment
appropriate Trunk Group.
101~132
Default = Not Assigned
1-1-50
CO/PBX Outgoing Digit
Specify the digits to be
01~16 = Digits to be
Digits added should
Add Assignment
added back to the number
added back
be the digits that
dialed.
accessed the Closed
Default = Not Assigned
Numbering Block.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
3 - 5

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
1.5
Programming for Open Numbering Plan
Use these Memory Block assignments to assign the number of digits to
Access Code and to make ARS assignments.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46/47/48
Access Code (1-,2- or 3-
Assign Access Code to
1=001
Starting digits of
Digit) Assignment
Intercom Function
2=001
remote system
Number.
3=001
access should
equal (601, 602, 603
= Default
or 604) for ARS.
1-14-01
ARS Dialing Assignment
Assign the dialing plan to
Up to eights digits can
Assign the digits
one of the four ARS
be assigned
used for the open
Tables. Each table
numbering plan.
contains 128 maximum
Default not assigned
dialing assignments for
the selected dialing plan.
1-14-02
ARS Dial Allow/Deny
Specify whether or not to
ARS Table 1~4
Selection
Allow digits that are
Dial Number
entered in the ARS dialing
01~C8
assignment to be routed.
Default = Allow
1-14-03
ARS Route Table Number
Assign each ARS Dialing
Dial Number
The same Routes
Assignment
Assignment to an ARS
01~C8
are used for all four
Route Assignment.
ARS Tables.
Default = 00
1-14-04
ARS Trunk Group to
Specify a Trunk Group
Route 01~32
Route Number
used for each Route
Assignment
Assignment.
Default = Normal
1-14-05
ARS Digit Delete
Specify the number of
Route 01~32
Assignment
digits to be deleted from
Default = None
the Route Assignment.
1-14-06
ARS Digit Add Assignment
Specify the number of
Route 01~32
digits to be added to the
Route Assignment.
Default = None
1-14-07
ARS Max Digit
Specify the number of
Route
Assignment
digits to be collected by
01~32 = 24
the system before the
K-CCIS message is sent
= Default
to the network.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 6
System Data Programming

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
1.6
Closed Number Programming Example
This sections provides the steps needed to program a closed numbering plan.
Step 1: T1 Tie Lines
The following diagram provides an example of Memory Blocks that are
programmed for T1 Tie lines. The example assumes that the Electra Elite
systems are defaulted with the T1 cards and the CCH ETU card(s) are
installed.
Abbreviations used in the diagram:
MB = Memory Block
TRK = Trunk
TG = Trunk Group
CC = Clear Channel
TT = Trunk Type
Electra Elite
Tie Lines
Electra Elite
Tie Lines
Electra Elite
Tie Lines
Electra Elite
IPK
IPK
IPK
IPK
TG 10 TG 10
TG 11 TG 10
TG 11 TG 10
(100)
(200)
(300)
(400)
MB 1-8-33
MB 1-8-33
MB 1-8-33
MB 1-8-33
Master
Slave
Slave
Slave
MB 1-11-01
MB 1-11-01
MB 1-11-01
MB 1-11-01
CC = B8ZS
CC = B8ZS
CC = B8ZS
CC = B8ZS
MB 1-11-07
MB 1-11-07
MB 1-11-07
MB 1-11-07
TT = E&M
TT = E&M
TT = E&M
TT = E&M
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
TRK 01~24 = TG 10
TRK 01~24 = TG 10
TRK 01~24 = TG 10
TRK 01~24 =TG 10
TRK 25~48 = TG 11
TRK 25~48 = TG 11
MB 3-04
MB 3-04
MB 3-04
MB 3-04
TRK 01~24 = YES
TRK 01~48 = YES
TRK 01~48 = YES
TRK 01~24 = YES
MB 3-14
MB 3-14
MB 3-14
MB 3-14
TRK 01~24 = WINK
TRK 01~48 = WINK
TRK 01~48 = WINK
TRK 01~24 = WINK
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
TRK 01~24 = Tie
TRK 01~48 = Tie
TRK 01~48 = Tie
TRK 01~24 = Tie
MB 4-10
MB 4-10
MB 4-10
All Phone = 2XX
All Phones = 3XX
All Phones = 4XX
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
3 - 7

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Step 2: Closed Numbering Plan
The following diagram provides an example of Memory Blocks that are
programmed for Closed Numbering. The example assumes that Step 1: T1
Tie Lines was completed.

AC = Access Code
BLK = Closed Numbering Block MB = Memory Block
ACG = Access Item Code
TT = Trunk Type
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
TG 10 TG 10
IPK
IPK
TG 11 TG 10
IPK
TG 11 TG 10
IPK
(100)
(200)
(300)
(400)
100~130
200~230
300~330
400~430
Calling
Calling
Calling
Calling
200 ~ 230
100 ~ 130
100 ~ 130
100 ~ 130
300 ~ 330
300 ~ 330
200 ~ 230
200 ~ 230
400 ~ 430
400 ~ 430
400 ~ 430
300 ~ 330
MB 1-1-46
MB 1-1-46
MB 1-1-46
MB 1-1-46
AC 1 = Item 001
AC 1 = Item 401
AC 1 = Item 401
AC 1 = Item 401
AC 2 = Item 401
AC 2 = Item 001
AC 2 = Item 402
AC 2 = Item 402
AC 3 = Item 402
AC 3 = Item 402
AC 3 = Item 001
AC 3 = Item 403
AC 4 = Item 403
AC 4 = Item 403
AC 4 = Item 403
AC 4 = Item 001
MB 1-1-49
MB 1-1-49
MB 1-1-49
MB 1-1-49
BLK 01 = 110
BLK 01 = 110
BLK 01 = 110
BLK 01 = 110
BLK 02 = 110
BLK 02 = 111
BLK 02 = 110
BLK 02 = 110
BLK 03 = 110
BLK 03 = 111
BLK 03 = 111
BLK 03 = 110
MB 1-1-50
MB 1-1-50
MB 1-1-50
MB 1-1-50
BLK 01 = Add 2
BLK 01 = Add 1
BLK 01 = Add 1
BLK 01 = Add 1
BLK 02 = Add 3
BLK 02 = Add 3
BLK 02 = Add 2
BLK 01 = Add 2
BLK 03 = Add 4
BLK 03 = Add 4
BLK 03 = Add 4
BLK 01 = Add 3
Note 1: Before moving on to the next step, test the T1 Tie lines and the Closed Numbering
Plan.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 8
System Data Programming

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Step 3: K-CCIS Activation
The following diagram provides an example of Memory Blocks that are
programmed for K-CCIS. The example assumes that Step 1: T1 Tie Lines
and Step 2: Closing Number Plan were completed.

DSTCCH = Destination Point Code
CCH = Control Channel Handler TRK = Trunk
ORGCCH = Originating Point Code
TG = Trunk Group
Electra Elite IPK
Electra Elite IPK
Electra Elite IPK
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
TG 10 TG 10
IPK
IPK
TG 11 TG 10
IPK
TG 11 TG 10
IPK
TG 00 TG 00
TG 00 TG 00
TG 00 TG 00
CCH
CCH
CCH
(100)
(200)
(300)
(400)
PC00001
PC00002
PC00003
PC00004
100~130
200~230
300~330
400~430

MB 3-70
MB 3-70
MB 3-70
MB 3-70
TRK 01~23 = 001~023
TRK 01~23 = 001~023
TRK 01~23 = 001~023
TRK 01~23 = 001~023
TRK 25~47 = 001~023
TRK 25~47 = 001~023
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
TRK 24 = 00
TRK 24 = 00
TRK 24 = 00
TRK 24 = 00
TRK 48 = 00
TRK 48 = 00
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
TRK 24 = CO
TRK 24 = CO
TRK 24 = CO
TRK 24 = CO
TRK 48 = CO
TRK 48 = CO
TRK 48 = CO
MB 1-15-01
MB 1-15-01
MB 1-15-01
MB 1-15-01
CCH 1 = 56K
CCH 1 = 56K
CCH 1 = 56K
CCH 1 = 56K
CCH2 = 56K
CCH2 = 56K
MB 1-15-02
MB 1-15-02
MB 1-15-02
MB 1-15-02
CCH 1 = TRK 24
CCH 1 = TRK 24
CCH 1 = TRK 24
CCH 1 = TRK 24
CCH2 = TRK 48
CCH 2 = TRK 48
MB 1-15-03
MB 1-15-03
MB 1-15-03
MB 1-15-03
ORGCCH 1 = 00001
ORGCCH 1 = 00002
ORGCCH 1 = 00003
ORGCCH 1 = 00004
ORGCCH 2 = 00002
ORGCCH 2 = 00003
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
3 - 9

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
MB 1-15-04
MB 1-15-04
MB 1-15-04
MB 1-15-04
DSTCCH1 = 00002
DSTCCH 1 = 00001
DSTCCH 1 = 00002
DSTCCH 1 = 00003
DSTCCH 2 = 00003
DSTCCH 2 = 00004
MB 1-15-05
MB 1-15-05
MB 1-15-05
MB 1-15-05
T001:00001 = 1
T001:00001 = 1
T002:00003 = 2
T002:00002 = 1
T003:00004 = 2
T003:00004 = 2
MB 1-15-06
MB 1-15-06
MB 1-15-06
MB 1-15-06
Office = Vacant
Office = Vacant
Office = Vacant
Office = Vacant
MB 5-05
MB 5-05
MB 5-05
MB 5-05
TG 10 = CCH 1
TG 10 = CCH 1
TG 10 = CCH 1
TG 10 = CCH 1
TG 11 = CCH 2
TG 11 = CCH 2
MB 5-06
MB 5-06
MB 5-06
MB 5-06
TG 10 = H
L
TG 10 = L
H
TG 10 = H
L
TG 10 = L
H
TG 11 = L
H
TG 11 = H
L
MB 1-15-00
MB 1-15-00
MB 1-15-00
MB 1-15-00
*Main
*Remote
*Remote
*Remote
* Any setting other than NONE (default) activates K-CCIS. A setting of Main or Remote depends on the
system software level and the system location.
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 10
System Data Programming

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
1.6.1
Closed Number Programming Example using Automatic Route
Selection
The following diagram provides an example of Memory Blocks that are
programmed for Closed Numbering using ARS Table 4. ARS table 4
automatically inserts the access code assigned in MB 1-14-01 in front of
digits dialed. This diagram and programming example can replace STEP 2
in Closed Number Programming Example.

TG 10 TG 10
TG 11 TG 10
TG 11 TG 10
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
IPK
IPK
IPK
IPK
(100)
(200)
(300)
(400)
100~130
200~230
300~330
400~430
Calling
Calling
Calling
Calling
200 ~ 230
100 ~ 130
100 ~ 130
100 ~ 130
300 ~ 330
300 ~ 330
200 ~ 230
200 ~ 230
400 ~ 430
400 ~ 430
400 ~ 430
300 ~ 330
MB 1-1-46
MB 1-1-46
MB 1-1-46
MB 1-1-46
AC 1 = Item 001
AC 1 = Item 604
AC 1 = Item 604
AC 1 = Item 604
AC 2 = Item 604
AC 2 = Item 001
AC 2 = Item 604
AC 2 = Item 604
AC 3 = Item 604
AC 3 = Item 604
AC 3 = Item 001
AC 3 = Item 604
AC 4 = Item 604
AC 4 = Item 604
AC 4 = Item 604
AC 4 = Item 001
MB 1-14-01
MB 1-14-01
MB 1-14-01
MB 1-14-01
TB 04 DN 01 = 2
TB 04 DN 01 = 1
TB 04 DN 01 = 1
TB 04 DN 01 = 1
TB 04 DN 02 = 3
TB 04 DN 02 = 3
TB 04 DN 02 = 2
TB 04 DN 02 = 2
TB 04 DN 03 = 4
TB 04 DN 03 = 4
TB 04 DN 03 = 4
TB 04 DN 03 = 3
MB 1-14-02
MB 1-14-02
MB 1-14-02
MB 1-14-02
TB 04 DN 01 = Yes
TB 04 DN 01 = Yes
TB 04 DN 01 = Yes
TB 04 DN 01 = Yes
TB 04 DN 02 = Yes
TB 04 DN 02 = Yes
TB 04 DN 02 = Yes
TB 04 DN 02 = Yes
TB 04 DN 03 =Yes
TB 04 DN 03 =Yes
TB 04 DN 03 =Yes
TB 04 DN 03 =Yes
MB 1-14-03
MB 1-14-03
MB 1-14-03
MB 1-14-03
TB 04 DN 01 = RT 01
TB 04 DN 01 = RT 01
TB 04 DN 01 = RT 01
TB 04 DN 01 = RT 01
TB 04 DN 02 = RT 02
TB 04 DN 02 = RT 02
TB 04 DN 02 = RT 02
TB 04 DN 02 = RT 02
TB 04 DN 03 = RT 03
TB 04 DN 03 = RT 03
TB 04 DN 03 = RT 03
TB 04 DN 03 = RT 03
MB 1-14-04
MB 1-14-04
MB 1-14-04
MB 1-14-04
RT 01 = TG 10
RT 01 = TG 10
RT 01 = TG 10
RT 01 = TG 10
RT 02 = TG 10
RT 02 = TG 11
RT 02 = TG 10
RT 02 = TG 10
RT 03 = TG 10
RT 03 = TG 11
RT 03 = TG 11
RT 03 = TG10
MB 1-14-07
MB 1-14-07
MB 1-14-07
MB 1-14-07
RT 01 = 03
RT 01 = 03
RT 01 = 03
RT 01 = 03
RT 02 = 03
RT 02 = 03
RT 02 = 03
RT 02 = 03
RT 03 = 03
RT 03 = 03
RT 03 = 03
RT 03 = 03
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
3 - 11

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
1.7
Open Number Programming Example
This sections provides the steps needed to program an open numbering plan.
Step 1: T1 Tie Lines
The following diagram provides an example of Memory Blocks that are
programmed for T1 Tie lines. The example assumes that each Electra Elite
IPK system is defaulted with the T1 ETUs and the CCH ETU is installed.
Abbreviations used in the diagram:
MB = Memory Block
TRK = Trunk
TG = Trunk Group
CC = Clear Channel
TT = Trunk Type
Electra Elite
Tie Lines
Electra Elite
Tie Lines
Electra Elite
Tie Lines
Electra Elite
IPK
IPK
IPK
IPK
TG 10 TG 10
TG 11 TG 10
TG 11 TG 10
System A
System B
System C
System D
25
26
27
28
(100)
(100)
(100)
(100)
MB 1-8-33
MB 1-8-33
MB 1-8-33
MB 1-8-33
Master
Slave
Slave
Slave
MB 1-11-01
MB 1-11-01
MB 1-11-01
MB 1-11-01
CC = B8ZS
CC = B8ZS
CC = B8ZS
CC = B8ZS
MB 1-11-07
MB 1-11-07
MB 1-11-07
MB 1-11-07
TT 1= E&M
TT 1= E&M
TT 1= E&M
TT 1= E&M
TT 2= E&M
TT 2= E&M
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
TRK 01~24 = TG 10
TRK 01~24 = TG 10
TRK 01~24 = TG 10
TRK 01~24 =TG 10
TRK 25~48 = TG 11
TRK 25~48 = TG 11
MB 3-04
MB 3-04
MB 3-04
MB 3-04
TRK 01~24 = YES
TRK 01~48 = YES
TRK 01~48 = YES
TRK 01~24 = YES
MB 3-14
MB 3-14
MB 3-14
MB 3-14
TRK 01~24 = WINK
TRK 01~48 = WINK
TRK 01~48 = WINK
TRK 01~24 =WINK
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
TRK -1~24 = Tie
TRK 01~48 = TIe
TRK 01~48 = TIE
TRK 01~24 = Tie
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 12
System Data Programming

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Step 2: Open Numbering Plan
The following diagram provides an example of Memory Blocks that are
programmed for Open Numbering. The example assumes that Step 1: T1 Tie
Lines was completed.
Abbreviations used in the diagram:
AC = Access Code
ACG = Access Item Code
MB = Memory Block
RT = Route
TB = ARS Table
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
TG 10 TG 10
IPK
IPK
TG 11 TG 10
IPK
TG 11 TG 10
IPK
System A
System B
System C
System D
25
26
27
28
(100)
(100)
(100)
(100)
100~130
100~130
100~130
100~130
Calling
Calling
Calling
Calling
100 ~ 130
100 ~ 130
100 ~ 130
100 ~ 130
MB 1-1-46
MB 1-1-46
MB 1-1-46
MB 1-1-46
AC 8 = Item 601
AC 8 = Item 601
AC 8 = Item 601
AC 8 = Item 601
MB 1-14-01
MB 1-14-01
MB 1-14-01
MB 1-14-01
TB 01 DN 01 = 25
TB 01 DN 01 = 25
TB 01 DN 01 = 25
TB 01 DN 01 = 25
TB 01 DN 02 = 26
TB 01 DN 02 = 26
TB 01 DN 02 = 26
TB 01 DN 02 = 26
TB 01 DN 03 = 27
TB 01 DN 03 = 27
TB 01 DN 03 = 27
TB 01 DN 03 = 27
TB 01 DN 04 = 28
TB 01 DN 04 = 28
TB 01 DN 04 = 28
TB 01 DN 04 = 28
MB 1-14-02
MB 1-14-02
MB 1-14-02
MB 1-14-02
TB 01 DN 01 = Yes
TB 01 DN 01 = Yes
TB 01 DN 01 = Yes
TB 01 DN 01 = Yes
TB 01 DN 02 = Yes
TB 01 DN 02 = Yes
TB 01 DN 02 = Yes
TB 01 DN 02 = Yes
TB 01 DN 03 = Yes
TB 01 DN 03 = Yes
TB 01 DN 03 = Yes
TB 01 DN 03 = Yes
TB 01 DN 04 = Yes
TB 01 DN 04 = Yes
TB 01 DN 04 = Yes
TB 01 DN 04 = Yes
MB 1-14-03
MB 1-14-03
MB 1-14-03
MB 1-14-03
TB 01 DN 01 = RT 01
TB 01 DN 01 = RT 01
TB 01 DN 01 = RT 01
TB 01 DN 01 = RT 01
TB 01 DN 02 = RT 02
TB 01 DN 02 = RT 02
TB 01 DN 02 = RT 02
TB 01 DN 02 = RT 02
TB 01 DN 03 = RT 03
TB 01 DN 03 = RT 03
TB 01 DN 03 = RT 03
TB 01 DN 03 = RT 03
TB 01 DN 04 = RT 04
TB 01 DN 04 = RT 04
TB 01 DN 04 = RT 04
TB 01 DN 04 = RT 04
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
3 - 13

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
MB 1-14-04
MB 1-14-04
MB 1-14-04
MB 1-14-04
RT 01 = ICM
RT 01 = TG 10
RT 01 = TG 10
RT 01 = TG 10
RT 02 = TG 10
RT 02 = ICM
RT 02 = TG 10
RT 02 = TG 10
RT 03 = TG 10
RT 03 = TG 11
RT 03 = ICM
RT 03 = TG 10
RT 04 = TG 10
RT 04 = TG 11
RT 04 = TG 11
RT 04 = ICM
MB 1-14-05
MB 1-14-05
MB 1-14-05
MB 1-14-05
RT 01 = 03
RT 01 = 00
RT 01 = 00
RT 01 = 00
RT 02 = 00
RT 02 = 03
RT 02 = 00
RT 02 = 00
RT 03 = 00
RT 03 = 00
RT 03 = 03
RT 03 = 00
RT 04 = 00
RT 04 = 00
RT 04 = 00
RT 04 = 03
MB 1-14-06
MB 1-14-06
MB 1-14-06
MB 1-14-06
RT 01 = Blank
RT 01 = 8
RT 01 = 8
RT 01 = 8
RT 02 = 8
RT 02 = Blank
RT 02 = 8
RT 02 = 8
RT 03 = 8
RT 03 = 8
RT 03 = Blank
RT 03 = 8
RT 04 = 8
RT 04 = 8
RT 04 = 8
RT 04 = Blank
MB 1-14-07
MB 1-14-07
MB 1-14-07
MB 1-14-07
RT 01 = 03
RT 01 = 06
RT 01 = 06
RT 01 = 06
RT 02 = 06
RT 02 = 03
RT 02 = 06
RT 02 = 06
RT 03 = 06
RT 03 = 06
RT 03 = 03
RT 03 = 06
RT 04 = 06
RT 04 = 06
RT 04 = 06
RT 04 = 03
Note 1: Before moving to the next step, test the T1 Tie lines and the Open Numbering Plan.
Step 3: K-CCIS Activation
The following diagram provides an example of Memory Blocks that are
programmed for K-CCIS. The example assumes that Step 1: T1 Tie Lines
and Step 2: Open Number Plan were completed.

DSTCCH = Destination Point Code
CCH = Control Channel Handler TRK = Trunk
ORGCCH = Originating Point Code
TG = Trunk Group

Electra Elite IPK
Electra Elite IPK
Electra Elite IPK
MAIN
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
TG 10 TG 10
Electra Elite
Electra Elite TG 11 TG 10
TG 11 TG 10
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
IPK
IPK
IPK
IPK
TG 00 TG 00
TG 00 TG 00
TG 00 TG 00
System A
System B
System C
System D
25
26
CCH
27
CCH
28
(100)
CCH1 CCH1
(100)
CCH2 CCH1
(100)
CCH2 CCH1
(100)
PC00001
PC00002
PC00003
PC00004
100~130
100~130
100~130
100~130
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 14
System Data Programming

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________

MB 3-70
MB 3-70
MB 3-70
MB 3-70
TRK 01~23 = 001~023
TRK 01~23 = 001~023
TRK 01~23 = 001~023
TRK 01~23 = 001~023
TRK 25~47 = 001~023
TRK 25~47 = 001~023
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
MB 3-03
TRK 24 = 00
TRK 24 = 00
TRK 24 = 00
TRK 24 = 00
TRK 48 = 00
TRK 48 = 00
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
MB 3-91
TRK 24 = CO
TRK 24 = CO
TRK 24 = CO
TRK 24 = CO
TRK 48 = CO
TRK 48 = CO
TRK 48 = CO
MB 1-15-01
MB 1-15-01
MB 1-15-01
MB 1-15-01
CCH 1 = 56K
CCH 1 = 56K
CCH 1 = 56K
CCH 1 = 56K
CCH 2 = 56K
CCH 2 = 56K
MB 1-15-02
MB 1-15-02
MB 1-15-02
MB 1-15-02
CCH 1 = TRK 24
CCH 1 = TRK 24
CCH 1 = TRK 24
CCH 1 = TRK 24
CCH 2 = TRK 48
CCH 2 = TRK 48
MB 1-15-03
MB 1-15-03
MB 1-15-03
MB 1-15-03
ORGCCH 1 = 00001
ORGCCH 1 = 00002
ORGCCH 1 = 00003
ORGCCH 1 = 00004
ORGCCH 2 = 00002
ORGCCH 2 = 00003
MB 1-15-04
MB 1-15-04
MB 1-15-04
MB 1-15-04
DSTCCH1 = 00002
DSTCCH 1 = 00001
DSTCCH 1 = 00002
DSTCCH 1 = 00003
DSTCCH 2 = 00003
DSTCCH 2 = 00004
MB 1-15-05
MB 1-15-05
MB 1-15-05
MB 1-15-05
T001:00001 = 1
T001:00001 = 1
T002:00003 = 2
T002:00002 = 1
T003:00004 = 2
T003:00004 = 2
MB 1-15-06
MB 1-15-06
MB 1-15-06
MB 1-15-06
Office = 825
Office = 826
Office = 827
Office = 828
MB 5-05
MB 5-05
MB 5-05
MB 5-05
TG 10 = CCH 1
TG 10 = CCH 1
TG 10 = CCH 1
TG 10 = CCH 1
TG 11 = CCH 2
TG 11 = CCH 2
MB 5-06
MB 5-06
MB 5-06
MB 5-06
TG 10 = H
L
TG 10 = L
H
TG 10 = H
L
TG 10 = L
H
TG 11 = L
H
TG 11 = H
L
Note 1: Any setting other than NONE (default) activates Electra Elite IPK. A setting of Main or
Remote depends on the system software level and system location.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
3 - 15

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
1.8
Dedicated Tandem CO Trunk Calls
The following diagram provides an example of Memory Blocks that are
programmed when all Local and Long Distance CO calls, from the REMOTE
site, are routed through the MAIN site using Automatic Route Selection (ARS).
The example assumes that the Electra Elite IPK systems are connected via
K-CCIS and using Closed Numbering Plan. All local calls are 10-digit dial and
all 1+ calls are 11-digit dial. Only one CO Trunk is set for 911 in the REMOTE
system.

MB = Memory Block
TRK = Trunk
TG = Trunk Group
TB = ARS Table
DN = Dial Number
RT = ARS Route

TRK 32
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
IPK
IPK
CO Trunks
K-CCIS Link
(REMOTE)
TG10
TG10
(MAIN)
911
TRK
200
100
MB 1-1-46
MB1-1-46
AC 8 = Item 601
AC 9 = 101
AC 9 = Item 101
MB 3-69
TRK 32 = YES
MB 1-14-01
TB 01 DN 01 = 1X
TB 01 DN 02 = NX
TB 01 DN 03 = 0
MB 1-14-02
TB 01 DN 01 = Yes
TB 01 DN 02 = Yes
TB 01 DN 03 = Yes
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 16
System Data Programming

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
MB 1-14-03
TB 01 DN 01 = RT 01
TB 01 DN 02 = RT 02
TB 01 DN 03 = RT 03
MB 1-14-04
RT 01 = TG 10
RT 02 = TG 10
RT 03 = TG 10
MB 1-14-05
RT 01 = 00
RT 02 = 00
RT 03 = 00
MB 1-14-06
RT 01 = 9
RT 02 = 9
RT 03 = 9
MB 1-14-07
RT 01 = 12
RT 02 = 11
RT 03 = 2
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
3 - 17

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
1.9
Shared Tandem CO Trunk Calls
The following diagram provides an example of Memory Blocks that are
programmed when two sites share CO lines for reducing Long Distance calls
using Automatic Route Selection (ARS).
The example assumes that the Electra Elite IPK systems are connected via
K-CCIS and using Closed Numbering Plan. All local calls are 10-digit dial and
all 1+ calls are 11-digit dial.

MB = Memory Block
TRK = Trunk
TG = Trunk Group
TB = ARS Table
DN = Dial Number
RT = ARS Route

Electra Elite
Electra Elite
IPK
IPK
CO Trunks
K-CCIS Link
Area Code 214
CO Trunks
Area Code 972
Area Code 817
(Remote)
TG10
TG10
(Main)
Area Code 940
200
100
MB 1-1-46
MB1-1-46
AC 8 = Item 601
AC 8 = Item 601
AC 9 = Item 101
AC 9 = Item 101
MB 1-14-01
MB 1-14-01
TB 01 DN 01 = 1214
TB 01 DN 01 = 1817
TB 01 DN 02 = 1972
TB 01 DN 02 = 1940
MB 1-14-02
MB 1-14-02
TB 01 DN 01 = Yes
TB 01 DN 01 = Yes
TB 01 DN 02 = Yes
TB 01 DN 02 = Yes
MB 1-14-03
MB 1-14-03
TB 01 DN 01 = RT 01
TB 01 DN 01 = RT 01
___________________________________________________________________________________
3 - 18
System Data Programming

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
MB 1-14-04
MB 1-14-04
RT 01 = TG 10
RT 01 = TG 10
MB 1-14-05
MB 1-14-05
RT 01 = 01
RT 01 = 01
MB 1-14-06
MB 1-14-06
RT 01 = 9
RT 01 = 9
MB 1-14-07
MB 1-14-07
RT 01 = 11
RT 01 = 11
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
3 - 19

Chapter 4
Features and Specifications

Features and Specifications
Chapter 4
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS) allows multiple systems to be
connected together to provide additional feature compatibility, above what normal Tie
Lines provide. The system is configured with the 24-channel Digital Trunk Interface
(DTI), a Common Channel Handler (CCH) for receiving or transmitting common
signaling data from/to a distant office, and a CLKG-U( ) Unit for network
synchronization. The system can provide a variety of interoffice service features
such as Calling Name display, Centralized Voice Mail Integration, or Link Reconnect.
MIFM-U( ) Software and LCR PC software are required to program the expanded
Route Advance Block Assignments in LCR.
The following features are provided:
Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Call Park Retrieve -K-CCIS *
Call Transfer All Calls - K-CCIS
Calling Name Display - K-CCIS
Calling Number Display - K-CCIS
Calling Party Number (CPN) Presentation from Station - K-CCIS *
Centralized Billing - K-CCIS
Centralized BLF (K-CCIS) *
Centralized Day/Night Mode Change - K-CCIS
Centralized E911 (K-CCIS) *
Dial Access to Attendant - K-CCIS
Direct Inward Dialing - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 1

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Dual hold - K-CCIS
Elapsed Time Display - K-CCIS
Flexible Numbering of Stations - K-CCIS *
Hands-Free Answerback - K-CCIS
Hot Line - K-CCIS
IP (K-CCIS) *
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint) *
Link Reconnect - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Paging Access - K-CCIS *
Quick Transfer to Voice Mail - K-CCIS
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
Voice Call - K-CCIS
Voice Mail Integration - K-CCIS
* Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.
SEC
TION 2
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
2.1
Terminal Type
All stations
2.2
Required Components
DTI-U30 ETU or higher
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU with applicable firmware
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 2
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
MIFM-U( ) ETU when Call Routing using LCR is required,
,
When expanded Route Advanced Block assignments for Least Cost
Routing (LCR) are required, MIFM-U( ) firmware V4.00 or higher and
LCR PC software 3.00 or higher are required.
When Centralized Billing - K-CCIS is required, MIFM-U( ) firmware
V5.00 or higher is required.
The following tables show the KSU system software compatibility with CCH(4)-U( )
firmware and K-CCIS feature compatibility.
Table 4-1 KSU Software/CCH Firmware Compatibility
KSU Software
CCH V1.XX
CCH V2.XX
CCH V3.XX
CCH V4.XX
IPK R1000 R1.0X
--
X
X
X
IPK R1500 R1.5X
--
--
X
X
IPK R1600 R1.6X
--
--
X
X
IPK R1700 R1.7X
--
--
X
X
IPK R2000 R2.0X
--
--
--
X
IPK R2000 R2.5X
--
--
--
X
IPK R3000 R3.0X
--
--
--
X
IPK R3500 R3.5X
--
--
--
X
IPK R4000 R4.0X
--
--
--
X
IPK R4500 R4.5X
--
--
--
X
X
= Compatible

= Not compatible
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 3

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility
Minimum
CPU
CCH
CCH
CCH
NEAX
K-CCIS Feature
Software
V2.XX
V3.XX
V4.XX
Compatible
Required
Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Call Park Retrieve - K-CCIS
R3000
--
--
X
No
Call Transfer All Calls - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Calling Name Display - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Calling Number Display - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Calling Party Number (CPN) Presentation from
R4000
--
--
X
Yes
Station - K-CCIS
Centralized Billing - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Conditions
Cetralized BLF-IPK to IPK (K-CCIS)
R1500
--
X
X
No
For Attendant Add-On Console support
R3000
--
--
X
Centralized Day/Night Mode Change - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Conditions
Centralized E911(K-CCIS)
R2000
--
--
X
Yes
Dial Access to Attendant - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Direct Inward Dialing - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Dual Hold - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Elapsed Time Display - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Flexible Numbering of Stations - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Handsfree Answerback - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Hot Line - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
R1500~R1700
IP (K-CCIS) *
--
X
X
No
(only)
R2500 or
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint) *
--
--
X
Yes
R3500 (only)
Link Reconnect - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Answer (K-CCIS)
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 4
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility
Minimum
CPU
CCH
CCH
CCH
NEAX
K-CCIS Feature
Software
V2.XX
V3.XX
V4.XX
Compatible
Required
Paging Access - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
No
For Internal/ All Call Paging across K-CCIS
R3000
--
--
X
support
Quick Transfer to Voice Mail - K-CCIS
R3000
--
--
X
No
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Uniform Number Plan - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Voice Calls - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Yes
Voice Mail Integration - K-CCIS
R1000
X
X
X
Conditions
X
= Compatible
-- = Not compatible
Conditions: Refer to the detailed feature and specification.
* The CCH(4)-U( ) ETU and CLKG-U( ) Unit are not required when only IP (K-CCIS) or IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX
(Point-to-Multipoint) is used. When a traditional K-CCIS (with Point-to-Point T1s) is used with IP (K-CCIS),
the CCH(4)-U( ) ETU and a CLKG-U( ) Unit are required.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 5

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 3
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Normal call handling procedures apply.
SEC
TION 4
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Each Electra Elite IPK system can have up to four K-CCIS routes.
One DTI-U30 ETU can be used to support/connect a maximum of four K-CCIS
Links.
The Basic Port Package can have up to 15 DTI trunks for K-CCIS Voice path.
The Expanded Port Package can have up to 63 DTI trunks for K-CCIS Voice
path.
The K-CCIS feature shares the CO/PBX/Tie/DID trunks available for the
system.
When assigning a Closed Numbering Plan and DID conversion across K-CCIS
is required, the Electra Elite IPK uses the Closed Number Blocks.
When assigning a Closed Numbering Plan and DID conversion across K-CCIS
is not required, the Electra Elite IPK uses the Automatic Route Selection (ARS)
table 4.
The Electra Elite IPK uses the Automatic Route Selection (ARS) table 1, 2, or 3
to assign the Open Numbering Plan.
When all K-CCIS voice channels are busy, the Electra Elite IPK originator of a
K-CCIS call hears a busy tone from the system.
Outgoing CO calls in a K-CCIS network can be routed over the K-CCIS link and
use the distant system CO lines.
Distant system extension numbers in the K-CCIS network can be assigned to
Feature Access or One Touch keys and Speed Dial buffers.
When a K-CCIS trunk is on hold, the Specified Line Seizure access codes can
be used to retrieve the call from its held state.
The Elite ACD Plus can support and distribute incoming calls from a remote
K-CCIS office. However, incoming calls to ACD Plus that result in a link
reconnect are not supported. These calls must first be answered by a local
station, then can be transferred to ACD Plus as long as it is not an internal
(Intercom) call.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 6
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Caller ID Name data received from Telco Central Office is not supported
(passed) across K-CCIS network.
Restrictions:
The Electra Elite IPK can support only 2-, 3-, or 4-digit station numbers (R2000
or lower).
The Electra Elite IPK can support 2~7-digit station numbers (R2500).
Using R2000 or lower, Station Numbers are assigned by the 100s group for
4-digit station numbers only.
Using R2500, Station Numbers are assigned by the 10s group for 4-digit station
numbers, 100s group for 5-digit station numbers, 1000s group for 6-digit station
numbers, 10000s group for 7-digit station numbers.
When Voice Mail Message Waiting status must be sent across the K-CCIS to a
remote system, the Closed Number Blocks must be used.
For a Closed Numbering Plan network using Closed Numbering Blocks, a
maximum of 16 Numbering Blocks are available allowing a maximum of 17
connected systems per K-CCIS network.
When a Closed Numbering Plan Network is used, a user can call another station
by dialing the distant extension number, but extensions in the network cannot
have the same prefix.
For an Open Numbering Plan network, the ARS feature, table 1, 2 or 3 must be
used to place station-to-station calls over K-CCIS.
For an Open Numbering Plan network, a user can dial another station by dialing
the office location number plus an extension number and the extension number
can have the same prefix, but the office location cannot be the same.
When an Electra Elite IPK system is a tandem system (in the middle) between
systems with higher K-CCIS feature support (including NEAX PBXs), only the
K-CCIS features supported by the tandem system (Electra Elite IPK) are passed
through and supported.
An Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS network should never have more than five hops
(tandem connections) because of the message delay through each tandem
system.
A Star topology network supports only five systems because of the CCH
channels in the Main/Hub system.
A Tree topology network is supported. The maximum number of systems
depends on the Numbering Plan used and the maximum number of hops
(tandem connections).
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 7

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Mesh topology is not supported by the Electra Elite only network.
K-CCIS requires assigning a point code for each office. Point codes
differentiate between an originating office and a destination office in the K-CCIS
Network. Assigning point codes requires the following considerations:
J
The point code must be unique in the network.
J
When a system has two or more CCH channels, the same originating point
code must be assigned to all channels in the system.
J
The Electra Elite IPK can have a maximum of 255 codes assigned to
distant systems.
Using an Electra Elite IPK-to-Electra Elite IPK network, centralized voice mail is
not supported when an Open Numbering Plan is used.
Each Electra Elite IPK system in a K-CCIS network must have at least one local
trunk for Emergency 911 calls (R1700 or lower).
Using Software R2000 or higher, Centralized E911 - K-CCIS is supported.
When Centralized E911 - K-CCIS is not used, each Electra Elite IPK system in
a K-CCIS network must have at least one local trunk for Emergency 911 calls.
Using a NEAX-to-Electra Elite IPK network, the PBX must supply centralized
voice mail.
Multiline terminals must have an available Call Appearance (CAP) key to
originate or answer a K-CCIS trunk call.
Direct access of K-CCIS voice or data channels using Line keys or Specified
Line Seizure access codes is prohibited.
A Single Line Telephone or PSII user cannot transfer a trunk or K-CCIS call to
another user on a remote system across K-CCIS (R1700 or lower).
Using Software R2000 or higher, a Single Line Telephone or PSII user can
perform a trunk-to-trunk transfer, including the transfer of a trunk or K-CCIS call
to another user on a remote system across K-CCIS.
Recall key or Drop key does not function on K-CCIS calls. When either key is
pressed, operation is ignored, and the call continues.
Trunk queuing is prohibited on a K-CCIS trunk route.
The ability to route an incoming DID call directly across a K-CCIS link (Direct
Inward Dialing-K-CCIS) is supported only when a Closed Numbering Plan using
Closed Numbering Blocks is used.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 8
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
This feature is not supported by the TLI(2)-U( ) Analog Line interface.
Only one CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be assigned per system.
Extension numbers cannot start with 0 or 9.
Internal Calls, transferred calls, and K-CCIS calls do not provide Caller ID to
Single Line Telephones.
SEC
TION 5
RELATED FEATURE LIST
T1 Connections
Universal Slots
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 9

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows all calls destined for a particular station to be routed to another
station or to an Attendant, in another office in the K-CCIS network, regardless of the
status (busy or idle) of the called station. The activation and cancellation of this
feature may be accomplished by either the station user or an Attendant position if
allowed by Class of Service (COS). Attendant Positions can be used to cancel Call
Forward All Call system-wide.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To set Call Forward All Calls - K-CCIS from a Multiline Telephone (Closed
Numbering plan):
1.
Press the Call Forward All ON/OFF key.
2.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
E
3.
Press
.
- OR -
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access Code DA (set as default).
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 10
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
E
4.
Restore handset or press
.
To set Call Forward All Calls - K-CCIS from a Multiline Telephone (Open Numbering
Plan):
1.
Press the Call Forward All ON/OFF key.
2.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
3.
Dial the Office Code number.
4.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
5.
Press
.
- OR -
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDA (set as default).
3.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normally H).
4.
Dial the Office Code number.
5.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
6.
Restore handset or press
.
To cancel Call Forward All Calls - K-CCIS from a Multiline Telephone:
1.
Press Call Forward All ON/OFF key.
E
2.
Press
.
- OR -
1.
Lift the handset or press Speaker.
2.
Dial Access CodeDB(set as default).
E
3.
Restore the handset or press
.
To set for any station on - Attendant Positions only (Closed Numbering Plan):
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 11

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.
Dial Access Code DG(set as default).
3.
Dial the station number to be forwarded.
4.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
E
5.
Restore handset or press
.
To set for any station - Attendant Positions only (Open Numbering Plan):
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDG(set as default).
3.
Dial the station number to be forwarded.
4.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
5.
Dial the Office Code number.
6.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
7.
Restore handset or press
.
To cancel for any station - Attendant Positions only:
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDH(set as default).
3.
Dial the station number where forwarding is to be canceled.
E
4.
Restore handset or press
.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Any station or Call Arrival (CAR) key can be set for Call Forwarding All
Calls - K-CCIS.
Restrictions:
Call Forward Off-Premise must be allowed in Class of Service (Station)
Feature Selection to set call forwarding to a remote K-CCIS station number.
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer must be allowed in Memory Block 3-04 (Trunk-to-Trunk
Transfer Yes/No Selection).
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 12
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
A Single Line Telephone or PSII user can transfer a trunk call to another internal
station that is set for Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS, however, when the
distant party answers the call, a conference cannot be established.
The destination station in the distant system is the only station that can call a
station with Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS set.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Link Reconnect - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 13

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-07
Class of Service
Call Forward Set/Cancel
Page 2, LK2
(Attendant) Feature
from Destination Station
On = Allow
Selection 1
Off = Deny
System-Wide Reset of
Page 2, LK3
Call Forward All Call
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
1-8-08
Class of Service (Station)
Call Forward All Call/
Page 1, LK1
Feature Selection 2
DND, Break Mode
On = Allow
Off = Deny
Call Forward
Page 5, LK4
Off - Premise
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
4-17
Station to Class of Service
Select Stations and Class
Assign appropriate
Feature Assignment
Type - Selection 1 or 2
class
4-12
Line Key Selection for
Select Stations and Line
Page 1, LK4
Telephone Mode
key to be assigned
Call Forward All -Set/
Reset
3-04
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
Allow for CO/PBX lines to
LK1 = No
Yes/No Selection
be assigned
LK2 = Yes
= Default all Trunks
1-15-08
Link Reconnect Allow/
Select Allow or Deny
LK1 = No
Deny Selection
LK2 = Yes
= Default
1-15-09
K-CCIS Maximum Call
Select the maximum
Range: 1 to 7
Forwarding Hop
number of Call Forward
Assignment
hops
Default = 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 14
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature permits a call to a Busy or unanswered station to be forwarded to
another station or an Attendant, in another office in the K-CCIS network. The
activation and cancellation of this feature may be accomplished by either the station
user or an Attendant position, if allowed by Class of Service (COS).
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To set Call Forward Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS from a Multiline Telephone:
(Closed Numbering Plan):
1.
Press the Call Forward Busy/No Answer ON/OFF key.
2.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
E
3.
Press
.
- OR -
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDC(set as default).
3.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 15

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
E
4.
Restore handset or press
.
To set Call Forward Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS from a Multiline Telephone
(Open Numbering Plan):
1.
Press the Call Forward Busy/No Answer ON/OFF key.
2.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
3.
Dial the Office Code number.
4.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
5.
Press
.
- OR -
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDC(set as default).
3.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
4.
Dial the Office Code number.
5.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
6.
Restore handset or press
.
To cancel Call Forward All Calls - K-CCIS from a Multiline Telephone:
1.
Press Call Forward Busy/No Answer On/Off key.
E
2.
Press
.
- OR -
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDD(set as default).
E
3.
Restore handset or press
.
To set for any station - Attendant Positions only (Closed Numbering plan):
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDE(set as default).
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 16
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Dial the station number to be forwarded.
4.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
E
5.
Restore handset or press
.
To set for any station - Attendant Positions only (Open Numbering Plan):
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDE(set as default).
3.
Dial the station number to be forwarded.
4.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
5.
Dial the Office Code number.
6.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
7.
Press
.
To cancel for any station - Attendant Positions only:
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDF(set as default).
3.
Dial the station number where forwarding is to be canceled.
E
4.
Restore handset or press
.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Any station or Call Arrival (CAR) key can be set for Call Forwarding Busy/No
Answer - K-CCIS.
Restrictions:
Call Forward Off-Premise must be allowed in Class of Service (Station)
Feature Selection to set call forwarding to a remote K-CCIS station number.
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer must be allowed in Memory Block 3-04 (Trunk-to-Trunk
Transfer Yes/No Selection).
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 17

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
A Single Line Telephone or PSII user can transfer a trunk call to another internal
station that is set for Call Forwarding All Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS, however,
when the distant party answers the call, a conference cannot be established.
The destination station in the distant systems is the only station that can call a
station with Call Forwarding Busy - K-CCIS set.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Link Reconnect - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-07
Class of Service
Call Forward All Call
Page 2, LK2
(Attendant) Feature
(Set/Reset) from
On = Allow
Selection 1
Destination Station
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
1-8-08
Class of Service (Station)
Call Forward - Busy/ No
Page 2, LK5
Feature Selection 2
Answer Set
On = Allow
Off = Deny
Call Forward Off-
Page 5, LK4
Premise
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
4-17
Station to Class of Service
Select stations and class
Assign appropriate
Feature Assignment
type - Selection 1 or 2
class
4-12
Line Key Selection for
Select stations and Line
Page 1, LK3
Telephone Mode
key to be assigned
FW B/NA -Set/Reset
3-04
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
Allow for CO/PBX lines to
LK1 = No
Yes/No Selection
be assigned
LK2 = Yes
= Default all Trunks
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 18
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-15-08
Link Reconnect Allow/
Select Allow or Deny
LK1 = No
Deny Selection
LK2 = Yes
= Default
1-15-09
K-CCIS Maximum Call
Select the Maximum
Range: 1 to 7
Forwarding Hop
number of Call Forward
Assignment
Hops
Default = 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 19

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Call Park Retrieve - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows a station user to retrieve Parked Calls at remote sites across
K-CCIS. Locally parked calls can be retrieved from a remote system, connected via
K-CCIS, by dialing the Call Park System Answer Code, plus the park location.
Software version R3000 or higher is required to support Call Park Retrieve across the
K-CCIS.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Retrieve Park Call at remote location:
1.
Go off-hook, and wait for internal dial tone.
2.
Dial the Call Park Retrieve Access Code 4# (set as default).
Note: Call Park Retrieve access codes cannot be the same at all locations in the K-CCIS
Network.
3.
Dial the Call Park location numberK ~ Iof the call to be retrieved.
4.
Talk with party.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 20
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
A different Call Park Retrieve Access Code must be programmed for each
system with-in the K-CCIS network.
ARS is required to route Call Park Retrieve Access Code to proper system in
K-CCIS network.
When a remote location retrieves a call from another location, the call is treated
as if it were transferred for the distance location.
SMDR will report the retrieved call from the distance location as if it were a
transferred call.
When a call that has Caller ID Information is retrieved at the distant location the
Caller ID information is treated as if it were a transferred call.
Link Reconnect will operate when the trunk is retrieved back to the origination
system.
Restrictions:
A Call cannot be placed into remote systems Call Park Location.
Call Park Retrieve -- K-CCIS is a Key System-to-Key System only supported
feature.
The digit (# or *) cannot be used in conjunction with IP K-CCIS.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Call Park -- System
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 21

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Park Originate System
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46
Access Code (1/2/3-Digit)
Assign Access Code for
Dial No/Function No.
1-1-47
Assignment
related functions.
1-1-48
4* = -47
Call Park System
Required
Transfer
4# = 048
Call Park System
Answer
Remote System (Call Park Retrieve)
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46
Access Code (1/2/3-Digit)
Assign Access Code for
Dial No/Function No.
1-1-47
Assignment
related functions.
1-1-48
4* = -47
Call Park System
Required
Transfer
4# = 048
Call Park System
Answer
X = 604
ARS Table 604
1-14-01
ARS Dialing Assignment
Select the ARS Table
Enter up to 8 digits.
(1-4) and enter Dial
Required
Number entry (01 ~ 128).
Default = Not Assigned
1-14-02
ARS Dial Allow/Deny
Select the ARS Table
LK1 = Yes
Selection
(1-4) and enter Dial
(Allow)?
Number entry (01 ~ 128).
LK2 = No (Deny)
Default = Yes
1-14-03
ARS Route Table Number
Select the ARS Table
Enter Route #: 00,
Assignment
(1-4) and enter Dial
01~32
Required
Number entry (01 ~ 128).
Default = 00
1-14-04
ARS Trunk Group to Route
Select the ARS Route
LK1: Normal
Number Assignment
(01 ~ 32).
LK2: TG (01~32)
Required
LK5: RAB (01~16)
LK6: ICM
Default = Normal
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 22
Features and Specifications

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
System A (100's)
System B (200's)
System C (300's)
MB 1-1-47
MB 1-1-47
MB 1-1-47
61 = 301
61 = 301
61 = 301
MB 1-1-48
MB 1-1-48
MB 1-1-48
Table 01 (0) = 047
Table 01 (0) = 047
Table 01 (0) = 047
(Call Park System A)
(Call Park System B)
(Call Park System C)
MB 1-1-48
MB 1-1-48
MB 1-1-48
Table 01 (1) = 048
Table 01 (0) = 604
Table 01 (1) = 604
(Call Park System Answer A)
(ARS Table #4)
(ARS Table #4)
(Call Park System Answer A)
(Call Park System Answer A)
MB 1-1-48
MB 1-1-48
MB 1-1-48
Table 01 (2) = 604
Table 01 (2) = 48
Table 01 (2) = 604
(ARS Table #4)
(Call Park System Answer B)
(ARS Table #4)
(Call Park System Answer B)
(Call Park System Answer B)
MB 1-1-48
MB 1-1-48
MB 1-1-48
Table 01 (3) = 604
Table 01 (3) = 604
Table 01 (3) = 604
(ARS Table #4)
(ARS Table #4)
(Call Park System Answer C)
(Call Park System Answer C)
(Call Park System Answer C)
MB 1-14-01
MB 1-14-01
MB 1-14-01
Table 4, No. 01 = 612
Table 4, No. 01 = 611
Table 4, No. 02 = 611
MB 1-14-01
MB 1-14-01
MB 1-14-01
Table 4, No. 02 = 613
Table 4, No. 02 = 613
Table 4, No. 02 = 612
MB 1-14-02
MB 1-14-02
MB 1-14-02
Table 4, No. 01 = Yes
Table 4, No. 01 = Yes
Table 4, No. 01 = Yes
MB 1-14-02
MB 1-14-02
MB 1-14-02
Table 4, No. 02 = Yes
Table 4, No. 02 = Yes
Table 4, No. 02 = Yes
MB 1-14-03
MB 1-14-03
MB 1-14-03
Table 4, No. 01 = RT 01
Table 4, No. 01 = RT 01
Table 4, No. 01 = RT 01
MB 1-14-03
MB 1-14-03
MB 1-14-03
Table 4, No. 02 = RT 02
Table 4, No. 02 = RT 02
Table 4, No. 02 = RT 02
MB 1-14-04
MB 1-14-04
MB 1-14-04
RT No. 01 = TG 10
RT No. 01 = TG 10
RT No. 01 = TG 10
MB 1-14-05
MB 1-14-04
MB 1-14-05
RT No. 01 = Delete 00
RT No. 02 = TG 11
RT No. 01 = Delete 00
MB 1-14-06
MB 1-14-05
MB 1-14-06
RT No. 01 = Add None
RT No. 01 = Delete 00
RT No. 01 = Add None
MB 1-14-07
MB 1-14-05
MB 1-14-07
RT No. 01 = Max. Digit 04
RT No. 02 = Delete 00
RT No. 01 = Max. Digit 04
MB 1-14-06
RT No. 01 = Add None
MB 1-14-06
RT No. 02 = Add None
MB 1-14-07
RT No. 01 = Max. Digit 04
MB 1-14-07
RT No. 02 = Max. Digit 04
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 24
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Call Transfer All Calls - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows a station user to transfer incoming or outgoing Central Office,
intra-office, and inter-office calls to another station in the K-CCIS network, without
Attendant assistance.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Using a Multiline Terminal with a call in progress (Closed Numbering Plan):
G
1.
Press
, internal dial tone is heard. The call is placed on Non-Exclusive
Hold.
2.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number where the call is to be transferred.
3.
Wait for the ringback tone.
4.
Hang up.
- OR -
1.
When the party answers, announce the transfer.
2.
Restore the handset (transfer is completed).
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 25

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Using a Multiline Terminal with a call in progress (Open Numbering Plan):
G
1.
Press
and receive internal dial tone. The call is placed on Non-Exclusive
Hold.
2.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
3.
Dial the Office Code number.
4.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number where the call is to be transferred.
5.
Wait for the ringback tone.
6.
Hang up.
- OR -
1.
When the party answers, announce the transfer.
2.
Restore the handset (transfer is completed).
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
An Elite station can receive a K-CCIS transferred call as a camp-on call if
allowed by Class of Service (Station) Feature Selection 2.
Restrictions:
A Single Line Telephone or PSII user cannot transfer a trunk or K-CCIS call to
another user on a remote system across K-CCIS. This applies to software
release R1700 and below.
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer must be allowed in Memory Block 3-04 (Trunk-to-Trunk
Transfer Yes/No Selection).
Station Trunk-to-Trunk transfers must be allowed in Class of Service (Station)
Feature Selection 2.
A blind transfer across a K-CCIS link cannot be completed until ringback tone is
received at the transferring station.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 26
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Link Reconnect - K-CCIS
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-08
Class of Service (Station)
Station Trunk-to-Trunk
Page 3, LK5
Feature Selection 2
Transfer
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
Call Alert Notification for
Page 3, LK8
DIT and DID
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
4-17
Station to Class of Service
Select stations and class
Assign appropriate
Feature Assignment
type - Selection 1 or 2.
class.
3-04
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
Allow for CO/PBX lines to
LK1 = No
Yes/No Selection
be assigned.
LK2 = Yes
= Default all Trunks
1-15-08
Link Reconnect Allow/
Select Allow or Deny
LK1 = No
Deny Selection
LK2 = Yes
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 27

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Calling Name Display - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature permits the station name of a calling or called party at another switching
office, through the K-CCIS network, to be displayed on a Multiline Terminal.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Normal call handling procedures apply.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Ë
Both the caller/calling station number name and number can be displayed on an
Elite station if allowed by Class of Service (Station) Feature Selection 2.
Ë
For incoming or outgoing K-CCIS calls, a user can press the green line key
where the call resides during the call to verify the Calling/Called Name. Both
Name and Number (depending on the system assignment) are displayed for five
seconds, followed by the Elapsed Call Timer.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 28
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
RESTRICTIONS:
In the Electra Elite IPK system, only six digits/characters can be entered for
each station name.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Calling Number Display - K-CCIS
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-08
Class of Service (Station)
ANI/Caller ID Number/
Page 4, LK4
Off = Name on top
Feature Selection 2
Name Selection
On = Allow
row of Display.
Off = Deny
On = Number on top
row of Display.
= Default
ANI/Caller ID Display
Page 5, LK7
If Allow is set, Caller
Selection
On = Allow
ID Name and
Off = Deny
Number are
displayed at the
= Default for class 00
same time.
1-15-10
Calling Name Display
Select Allow or Deny.
LK1 = No
Allow/Deny Selection
LK2 = Yes
= Default
4-17
Station to Class of Service
Select stations and class
Assign appropriate
Feature Assignment
type - Selection 1 or 2.
class.
4-18
Station Name Assignment
Select stations to be
Enter up to six digits/
assigned.
characters.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 29

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Calling Number Display -K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature permits the number of a calling or called party at another switching office,
through the K-CCIS network, to be displayed on a Multiline Terminal.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Normal call handling procedures apply.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Both the caller/calling station number and name can be displayed on an Electra
Elite IPK station if allowed by Class of Service (Station) Feature Selection 2.
For incoming or outgoing K-CCIS calls, a user can press the green line key
where the call resides during the call, to verify the Calling/Called Number. Both
Name and Number (depending on the system assignment) are displayed for 5
seconds, followed by the Elapsed Call Timer.
For an open numbering plan the Office Code number and station number are
displayed for caller/calling station number.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 30
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Restrictions:
The Electra Elite IPK supports 2-, 3-, or 4-Digit station numbers only.
When calling over a K-CCIS tandem connection, the calling party number (CPN)
is transferred to the ISDN network. (R4000 and higher)
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Calling Name Display - K-CCIS
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
Off = Name on top
Page 4, LK4
ANI/Caller ID Number/
row of Display
On = Allow
Name Selection
On = Number on
Off = Deny
top row of Display
Class of Service (Station)
1-8-08
Feature Selection 2
Page 5, LK7
If allow is set, Caller
On = Allow
ANI/Caller ID Display
ID Name and Num-
Off = Deny
Selection
ber are displayed at
the same time.
= Default for class 00
Only used in an
open numbering
Assign the Trunk Access
plan network. This
Originating Office Code
1-15-06
Code and Office Code
Assign up to four digits.
should include the
Number Assignment
numbers.
Trunk Access Code
and Office Code
numbers.
LK1 = No
Calling Name Display
LK2 = Yes
1-15-10
Select Allow or Deny
Allow/Deny Selection
= Default
Station to Class of
Select stations and class
Assign appropriate
4-17
Service Feature
type - Selection 1 or 2.
class.
Assignment
Station Name
Select stations to be
Enter up to six digits/
4-18
Assignment
assigned.
characters.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 31

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Calling Party Number (CPN) Presentation from
Station - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Calling Party Number (CPN) Presentation from Station K-CCIS feature allows each
station of the remote systems a unique 10-digit number (representing the DID number
of the originating station) to be sent out over the PRI circuit of the main system.
R4000 or higher is required to support Calling Party Number (CPN) Presentation
from Station - K-CCIS.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Osscillator)
MIFM-U( ) with KMM(1.0)U-( ) (if call routing using LCR is desired)
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Placing a call with CPN:
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial I + the number.
3.
Converse with caller.
4.
Hang up the handset.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 32
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
The Calling Party Number (CPN) is only sent to the netword when the remote
system accesses an ISDN -- PRI trunk in the distant system.
This feature is supported in both a K-CCIS network and PBX network.
Restrictions:
A maximum of 13 digits can be assigned as the Calling Party Number (CPN)
number in Memory Block 4-62.
The Calling Party Number (CPN) is only sent to the network when the calling
party from the remote system dials a trunk access code of "9" when making an
outbound call.
The Calling Party Number (CPN) is not sent to the netword when the originating
station of the remote system calls another station within the remote system that
is call forwarded off site.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
ISDN - PRI Trunk Connection
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
4-62
ISDN - PRI DIrectory
Use this Memory Block to
Enter the Station's DID
Number
provide the station DID
Number
Required
Number (CPN = Calling
Party Number) to the net-
Default = Not Assigned
work when placing
outgoing calls.
Data No.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 33

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-15-20
Centralized 911/Calling
Use this Memory Block to
LK1 = NO ?
R4000 or higher is
Party Presentation (CPN)
assign the Electra Elite
LK2 = Yes
needed to assign
Required
Originating Number
IPK installed as a remote
this at the remote
K-CCIS office to send the
? = Default
office.
Selection
"Station Number" of
CES-ID or "Calling Party
Number" for Calling Party
Number information to
the main office when the
call is originated.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 34
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Centralized Billing - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature sends the billing information from local systems to a billing center office
for central management of all billing information within the network. The Electra Elite
IPK can send billing information to a billing center office (NEAX2000/2400), but
cannot receive the billing information as the billing center office.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
Operating
Not Applicable
Procedures
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
The Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) feature and Centralized Billing
Feature can be used at the same time.
Centralized Billing - K-CCIS feature supports the following types of calls:
J
Incoming CO Calls (using the main system and another system trunk/
K-CCIS trunk)
J
Outgoing CO Call (using the main system and another system trunk/
K-CCIS trunk)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 35

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Restrictions:
A MIFM-U( ) with firmware version 5.00 or higher is required from every Electra
Elite IPK system in the network that needs to send the billing information to the
billing center office.
Station-to-station calls within their own system are not reported to the billing
center office with Electra Elite IPK.
The information storage capacity of the local Electra Elite IPK office is
approximately 300 calls. If the K-CCIS link is down due to network trouble, the
billing information is stored by the MIFM ETU. When the maximum calls exceed
this amount, the oldest call information is overwritten by the latest (newest) call.
With the Electra Elite IPK, trunk type (analog/ISDN, etc.) information is not
reported to the billing center office.
When the K-CCIS link is down due to network trouble, the Electra Elite IPK
system does not provide an SMDR alarm indication to station ports 01 and 02.
Centralized Billing - (K-CCIS) is not supported when 5-, 6-, or 7-digit station
numbers are used.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Account Code Forced/Verified/Unverified
Account Code Entry
Authorization Code
Centralized Day/Night Mode Change - K-CCIS
Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR)
Voice Mail Integration - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 36
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
For Centralized Billing Installation
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
7-1
Card Interface Slot
Select the following:
Page 4, LK2
Refer to Electra Elite
Assignment
H
Cabinet Number
CCH
IPK Programming
(1~3)
Manual for all
H
Lower Slot (01~08)
Page 3, LK8
options and default
H
Setting Data to be
MIFM
settings.
assigned
7-3-02
MIF (SMDR) Assignment
Find the associated port
Associated Port
number from MB 7-1 for
(01 or 02)
MIFM-U10 ETU.
1-15-00
K-CCIS Main/Remote
Activate K-CCIS using this
LK1 = None
Either Main or
(Required)
Office Selection
setting.
LK2 = Main
Remote can be
LK3 = Remote
selected for
Centralized Billing.
= Default
1-15-05
Destination Point Code
Select the table
Point Code:
This Memory Block
Transfer Assignment
(001~255).
(00001~16367)
must be assigned for
tandem offices and
CCH Channel: (1~4)
is used for
Centralized Billing
(K-CCIS).
1-15-11
Centralized Billing Allow/
Select this Memory Block
LK1 = Deny
(Required)
Deny Selection
if Centralized Billing is
LK2 = Allow
provided.
= Default
1-15-12
Centralized Billing Point
Select the CCH Channel
Center Office Code
(Required)
Code of Center Office
(1~4).
(00001~16367)
Assignment
Default = Blank
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 37

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________

For Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) Installation
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-05
Start Time Selection
Select timeout.
LK1 = 10 seconds
LK2 = 20 seconds
LK3 = 30 seconds
LK4 = 40 seconds
LK5 = 50 seconds
LK6 = 60 seconds
LK7 = 70 seconds
LK8 = 2 seconds
= Default
1-5-02
SMDR Print Format
Print all digits or mask the
LK1 = All
last four digits.
LK2 = Mask
= Default

For Centralized Billing (K-CCIS)
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-5-13
Printer Connected
Select No or Yes
LK1 = No
Selection
LK2 = Yes
= Default
1-5-14
Printer Line Feed Control
Select Yes or No
LK1 = Yes
Selection
LK2 = No
= Default
1-5-25
SMDR Valid Call Time
Enter timeout.
Time Assignment:
Time assignment
Assignment
00~99 (000~999)
can be set from
seconds
000~999 seconds in
increments of 10.
Default = 040 seconds
1-5-26
SMDR Incoming/Outgoing
Select type of calls to be
LK1 = All Calls
Print Selection
printed.
LK2 = Outgoing
Calls
LK3 = Incoming Calls
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 38
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
For Centralized Billing (K-CCIS)
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-35
COM Port Baud Rate
Enter the COM port.
Baud Rate:
COM3 is not used.
Setting Assignment
LK1 = 4.8 Kbps
LK2 = 9.6 Kbps
LK3 = 19.2 Kbps
LK4 = 38.4 Kbps
Default Values:
COM1 = 38.4
COM2 = 4.8
COM3 = 4.8
COM4 = 9.6
4-56
SMDR Telephone Print
Select station ports
LK1 = Yes
Selection
(01~C0) to be assigned.
LK2 = No
= Default
Refer to Chapter 3 System Data Programming for detailed K-CCIS network
programming instructions.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 39

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Centralized BLF (K-CCIS)
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature provides a busy status indication of another station across the K-CCIS
network on preprogrammed Direct Station Selection/Busy Lamp Field (DSS/BLF)
keys. The busy indication is provided with a red LED associated on a Feature Access
or One-Touch key programmed for Centralized BLF (K-CCIS). Pressing the
Centralized DSS/BLF key allows direct access to the station through the K-CCIS
network. Do Not Disturb and Voice Mail Message Waiting on Line key indication are
also supported.
This feature is available between Electra Elite IPK R1500 or higher systems or Electra
Elite S8500 systems only and is not supported with, or for tandem through, an Electra
Elite IPK R1000 system, Electra Elite S8000 or lower system, or a NEAX PBX
system.
R3000 or higher is required to support Centralized BLF on the Attendant Add-On
Console.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Attendant Add-On Console (R3000 or higher)
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To program a Feature Access or One-Touch key for Centralized DSS/BLF:
A
1.
Press
.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 40
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
B
2.
Press
. .
3.
Press the Feature Access key or One-Touch key.
4.
Dial A.
5.
Dial the station number.
A
6.
Press
.
Using a Feature Access or a One-Touch key programmed for Centralized DSS/BLF:
1.
Press the programmed Feature Access or One-Touch key. Hear ringback tone
2.
When the called party answers, lift the handset or talk using handsfree if
allowed.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Voice Mail Message Waiting on Line Key indication is supported for Centralized
DSS/BLF keys if Memory Block 1-8-08 (Class of Service (Station) Feature
Selection 2), Page 6, LK 2 (VMS Message Indication) is allowed.
If Voice Mail Message Waiting on Line Key indication is allow and a VM
Message Waiting indication is provided (a new message is stored), pressing the
Centralized DSS/BLF key performs the following;
J
At system with Voice Mail installed - the user is logged into the owner's
mail box
J
At remote systems - the station is called
BLF Sending Service Conditions:
The maximum number of destination offices for sending BLF messages is eight
per system.
Up to 120 Extension Numbers (entries into the table) can be assigned for
sending BLF messages. With each assigned Extension Number, up to eight
destination offices can be selected until a maximum of 240 total sending
Extension Numbers are assigned.
A maximum of 240 total sending Extension Numbers (BLF messages) can be
assigned. If 30 Extension Numbers (entries into the table) are assigned with
each set for all 8 groups (systems), the 240 limit is reached and no more
Extension Numbers can be entered.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 41

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
The BLF messages are sent in a four-second cycle (at default), so some delay
occurs to change the indication in the destination office. In the network
configured with two systems, it can take about four to five seconds (at default) to
change the BLF indication in the destination office.
This feature is provided with Feature Access and/or One-Touch Keys on
Multiline Terminals and with an Attendant Add-On Console. R3000 and higher
is required to support the Centralized BLF Feature on the Attendant Add-On
Console.
The Mail Box button on the Attendant Add-On Console is used to support the
BLF of the remote stations across K-CCIS.
When the button on the Attendant Add-On Console has a Mail Box button of a
remote user programmed and the button is pressed the call is placed to the
station on the remote side.
BLF Receiving Service Conditions:
BLF information can be received for up to 120 remote extensions per system.
All Multiline Terminals in the system can assign Centralized DSS/BLF keys for
the supported remote extensions.
The LED indication of the DSS/BLF button on a Multiline Terminal is as follows:
J
Idle
No lamp indication
J
Busy
Steady red lamp
J
Do Not Disturb
Flashing red lamp
J
VM Message Waiting
Fast flashing red lamp

The LED indication of the DSS/BLF button on the Attendant Add-on Console is as
follows:
J
Idle
No lamp indication
J
Busy
Steady red lamp
J
Do Not Disturb
Flashing red lamp
J
VM Message Waiting
Fast flashing red lamp
The BLF Information expels when data cannot be sent because of link
disconnecting. As for the status changes of BLF information while the system
couldn't send data, the system does not make re-status notice for the
restoration.

The Voice Mail MSG Waiting has priority over any other state of the flashing line key
or One-Touch key.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 42
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Restrictions:
This feature is supported between Electra Elite IPK R1500 or higher systems
or Electra Elite S8500 or higher systems only (not compatible with Electra Elite
S8000 or lower or NEAX PBXs).
This feature is supported with a Closed Numbering Plan only (not available with
an Open Numbering plan).
Only 3-or 4-Digit Extension Numbers are supported.
This feature is provided with Feature Access and/or One-Touch Keys on
Multiline Terminals (not available with Attendant Add-On Consoles). Refer to
Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.
This feature is provided only when Feature Access and/or One-Touch Keys are
programmed as DSS/BLF keys.
The same extension line from a remote site can be assigned to multiple
DSS/BLF keys, but the BLF indication appears only on the first (lowest number)
DSS/BLF Key.
The BLF information is expelled when data cannot be sent if the K-CCIS link is
down due to network trouble. The Electra Elite IPK does not send BLF
information again when the K-CCIS link is restored.
BLF messages can be forwarded up to eight times within the network. When
designing the K-CCIS network, this should be a consideration.
When a Centralized DSS/BLF key is first programmed on a Feature Access or
One Touch key, the BLF status won't change (update) until new BLF information
is received from the remote system.
When 5-, 6-, or 7-digit station numbers are used, Centralized BLF (K-CCIS) is
not supported.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Do Not Disturb (DND)
Feature Access - User Programmable
Voice Mail Message Indication on Line Keys
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 43

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING (FOR MAIN SYSTEM)
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
(For Sending System)
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-6-05
Attendant Add-On
Select DSS No. (1~4) and
Page 3
Assign Page 3, LK 1:
Console Key Selection
Button Number (01~60)
LK 1: Voice Mail Live
Voice Mail Box for
and assign appropriate
Record
BLF indications of
data.
LK 2: Voice Mail Mail
remote stations on
Box
the Console.
LK 3: Doorphone 1
LK 4: Doorphone 2
LK 5: General Purpose
Relay 1
LK 6: General Purpose
Relay 2
LK 7: Not used
LK 8: Not used
1-15-15
Centralized BLF Send
Select Table (1~8).
Enter Point Code
R1500 or higher
(Required)
Point Code Assignment
(0001~16367)
1-15-16
Centralized BLF Send
Select Table Number
LK 1: Send Group 1
R1500 or higher
(Required)
Extension Number
(001~120) and Enter
LK 2: Send Group 2
A maximum of two
Assignment
Extension Number.
LK 3: Send Group 3
Groups can be
LK 4: Send Group 4
selected.
LK 5: Send Group 5
LK 6: Send Group 6
LK 7: Send Group 7
LK 8: Send Group 8
1-15-17
Centralized BLF Send
Select timeout.
LK 1: 5 Second
R1500 or higher
Time Assignment
LK 2: 8 Second
LK 3: 12 Second
LK 4: 16 Second
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 44
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
(For Receiving System)
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-08
Class of Service (Station)
Voice Mail Message
Page 6, LK2
Enhanced with
Feature Selection 2
Indication
On = Allow
R1500 Used with
on Line Keys.
Off = Deny
Centralized BLF
(K-CCIS)
= Default for class 00
1-15-18
Centralized BLF Display
Select Table Number
Enter Extension Number
R1500 or higher
Extension Number
(001~120).
3 digit (100~899)
Assignment
4 digit (1000~8999)
4-12
Line Key Selection for
Select Station ports
Page 1, LK 6
See Electra Elite IPK
Telephone Mode
(01~C0) and line keys to
Feature Access (01~16)
Programming
be assigned.
Manual for all
options and default
settings.
4-17
Station to Class of Service
Select Station ports
Assign applicable class
See Electra Elite IPK
Feature Assignment
(01~C0) and class type
(00~15).
Programming
(1 or 2) to be assigned.
Manual for default
settings.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 45

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Centralized Day/Night Mode Change - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature switches the Day/Night mode of a remote office that is linked to a main
office using K-CCIS, in accordance with the Day/Night mode switching from an
Attendant Position at the main office.
When an Electra Elite IPK system is connected to another Electra Elite IPK system, a
main office can control remote offices.
When connected to a NEAX2400, the Electra Elite IPK can be used only as a remote
office.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
Operating
To set or cancel Night Transfer system-wide from an Attendant Position:
Procedures
Main Office: A
1.
Press
.
2.
Dial Access Code HK.
A
3.
Press
.
- OR -
1.
Press the Night Transfer key on the Attendant Add-On Console.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 46
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Remote Office:
No manual operation is required.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
A maximum of 16 remote offices can be controlled by one main office.
If Automatic Day/Night Mode Switching is assigned in the main office, all remote
offices change the mode, if assigned.
If the remote office is to be restricted from overriding the Day/Night Mode
setting, the following Memory Blocks should be assigned:
J
1-8-07
Class of Service (Attendant) Feature
(Page 1, LK1 = Deny)
Selection 1
(Page 2, LK2 = Deny)
J
1-1-27
Automatic Day/Night Mode Switching
Not assigned
Time Assignment
J
1-1-32
Automatic Day/Night Mode by Day of
Not assigned
Week Selection
J
1-6-05
Attendant Add-On Console Key
Delete Night Mode
Selection
Switching Key

The remote office can override the Day/Night Mode setting when allowed in any
of the system data assignments listed above.
When the remote office is in Night Mode (as assigned in the Centralized
Day/Night Mode - K-CCIS feature), normal Night Mode indications are provided.

The Night Mode indication is the first character on the second row of the Multiline
Terminal LCD. Any Feature Access key assigned for Night Mode transfer and the
Night Mode key on the Attendant console are lit.)
If the K-CCIS link is not available due to network trouble, the Electra Elite IPK
main office resends the K-CCIS Day/Night Mode switch command every 16
minutes.
Restrictions:
Centralized Day/Night Mode switching from a main office can send a
system-wide K-CCIS Day/Night mode switch command only. Individual Tenant
Mode switching is not supported.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 47

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
When an Electra Elite IPK receives the K-CCIS Day/Night Mode switch
command from a main office, the remote office changes all tenants to the
requested mode.
Memory Block 1-15-05 (Destination Point Code Transfer Assignment) must be
set for all tandem offices for the Centralized Day/Night Mode feature.
A NEAX2000 cannot be used as a main office or a tandem office for the
Centralized Day/Night Mode Change (K-CCIS) feature.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Assigned Night Answer (ANA)
Authorization Code
Automatic Day/Night Mode Switching
Centralized Billing - K-CCIS
Code Restriction
Dial Access to Attendant - K-CCIS
Direct Inward Termination (DIT)
Flexible Ringing Assignment
Night Call Pickup
Night Chime
Night Transfer
Voice Mail Integration - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 48
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Centralized Billing Day/Night Mode Change Installation
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-15-00
K-CCIS Main/Remote
Activate K-CCIS using this
LK1 = None
Either Main or
(Required)
Office Selection
setting.
LK2 = Main
Remote can be
LK3 = Remote
selected for
Centralized Day/
= Default
Night Switching.
1-15-05
Destination Point Code
Select a table (001~255).
Point Code:
This Memory Block
Transfer Assignment
(00001~16367)
must be assigned for
tandem offices.
CCH Channel: (1~4)
1-15-13
Centralized Day/Night
Select if Centralized Day/
LK1 = Deny
(Required)
Switching for Remote
Nigh Switching for
LK2 = Allow
Office Assignment
Remote Office is provided.
= Default
1-15-14
Centralized Day/Night
Select a table (01~16).
Point code:
(Required)
Switching for Main Office
(00001~16367)
Assignment
CCH Channel: (1~4)

For Night Transfer Feature
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-27
Automatic Day/Night Mode
Select either Pattern 1 or
Day Mode Start Time
The time is entered
Switching Time
Pattern 2.
Setting
using a 24-hour
Assignment
clock.
Night Mode Start Time
Setting
1-1-32
Automatic Day/Night Mode
Select either Pattern 1 or
LK1 = Sunday
Off = Day/Night
by Day of Week Selection
Pattern 2.
LK2 = Monday
Automatic Switching
LK3 = Tuesday
Pattern 1
LK4 = Wednesday
LK5 = Thursday
On = Day/Night
LK6 = Friday
Automatic Switching
LK7 = Saturday
Pattern 2
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 49

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
For Night Transfer Feature (Continued)
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-6-05
Attendant Add-On
Select the DSS No. (1~4)
Page 2, LK4
Refer to the Electra
Console Key Selection
and the Button Number
Night Mode Key
Elite IPK
(01~60) and assign the
Programming
appropriate data.
Manual for all
options and default
settings.
1-8-07
Class of Service
Night Mode Switching
Page 1, LK1
(Attendant) Feature
(System-Wide)
On = Allow
Selection 1
Off = Deny
Night Mode Switching
(Tenant)
Page 1, LK2
On = Allow
On = Deny
= Default
2-01
Trunk to Tenant
Select Tenants (00~47) to
Page 1
Refer to the Electra
Assignment
be assigned.
LK1 = Trunk 01
Elite IPK
LK2 = Trunk 02
Programming
LK3 = Trunk 03
Manual for all
LK4 = Trunk 04
options and default
LK5 = Trunk 05
settings.
LK6 = Trunk 06
LK7 = Trunk 07
LK8 = Trunk 08
4-09
Telephone to Tenant
Select station ports
Tenant Number (00~47)
Assignment
(01~C0) to be assigned.
Default = Tenant 00
4-12
Line Key Selection for
Select station ports
Page 1, LK6
Refer to the Electra
Telephone Mode
(01~C0) and line keys to
Feature Access Code
Elite IPK
be assigned.
(01~16)
Programming
Manual for all
options and default
settings.
4-17
Station to Class of Service
Select station ports
Assign the appropriate
Refer to the Electra
Feature Assignment
(01~C0) and class type (1
class (00~15).
Elite IPK
or 2) to be assigned.
Programming
Manual for all
options and default
settings.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 50
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Centralized E911 (K-CCIS)
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows a remote system to transmit a calling party number to the 911
Emergency system over a K-CCIS direct or tandem connection. The CAMA trunk or
an ISDN PRI trunk is seized at the Main Office and the Caller Emergency Service
Identification CESID information is sent to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP).
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Stations
Required Software:
R2000 or higher is required
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To use this feature at any terminal:
1.
Lift the handset, and wait for the internal dial tone.
2.
DialIAA.
- OR -
Dial II A A
- OR -
Select a CO line key and dial IAA.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 51

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
When an outgoing 911 call is originated at a Remote Office, the Attendant
stations (ports 01 and 02) at the Remote Office and the Main Office will display
"911 CALL AT XXX" or "911 CALL XXXXXX" if a 5-, 6-, or 7-digit numbering plan
is used.
Memory Blocks 1-8-44 (Enhanced 911 Alternate Route Assignment) and 1-8-45
[Enhanced 911 Alternate Route Assignment) and 1-8-45 [Enhanced 911
Alternate Route Assignment (Maintenance Busy)] are supported for main office.
When no outgoing trunks are available at the main or a tandem office, and a 911
call is originated at Remote Office, an alternate outgoing path can be assigned
when memory block 1-15-21 (Centralized 911 Look Ahead Routing Allow/Deny
Selection) is set for "allow".
Restrictions
Centralized E911 (K-CCIS) calls are not indicated on Attendant stations at
Tandem Offices.
Related Feature List
Emergency 911 - Cut Through
Enhanced 911
ISDN-PRI Trunk Connection

Guide to Feature Programming
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-43
Enhanced 911 Trunk
Select CO # (LK1) or
Enter CO Port (01-64)
1. PRT(1)-U10
(Required)
Assignment
Trunk Group/Route
-or-
firmware version
Advance Block (LK2)
Trunk Group/Route
V2.12 or higher to
Advance Block
support ISDN PRI
101~132 (Trunk Route
trunk.
2. R2000 and
01~32)
higher, Trunk
-or-
Group/Route
201~232 (Route
Advance Block
Advance Block 01~32)
can be assigned.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 52
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Guide to Feature Programming (Continued)
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-44
Enhanced 911 Alternate
Specify the trunk route or
Enter Function No.
Route Assignment
route advance block.
101~132 or 201~232
101~132 (Trunk Group
01~32
210~216 = Route
Advance Block 01~32
Default = Not Assigned
1-8-45
Enhanced 911 Alternate
Specify the trunk route or
Enter Function No.
Route Assignment
route advance block.
101~132 or 201~232
(Maintenance Busy)
101~132 (Trunk Group
01~32
210~216 = Route
Advance Block 01~32
Default = 101
(Trunk Group 01)
1-8-46
Enhanced 911 Dialing
Specify the digits to be
Select Data:
R2000 or higher
Digit Assignment
sent when 911 is dialed.
LK 1: 1
required for 9911
LK 2: 11
assignment
LK 3: 911
LK 4: 9911
= Default
1-15-19
Centralized 911 Allow/
Select No or Yes.
LK1 = No
R2000 or higher
(Required)
Deny Selection
LK2 = Yes
Assign this at the
main office and
= Default
tandem offices.
1-15-20
Centralized 911
Select Station No. or CES-
LK 1 = Station No.
R2000 or higher
Originating Number
ID.
LK 2 = CES-ID
Assign this at
Selection
= Default
remote offices only.
1-15-21
Centralized 911 Look
Select No or Yes.
LK 1 = No
R2000 or higher
Ahead Routing Allow/Deny
LK 2 = Yes
Assign this at
Selection
= Default
remote offices only.
3-03
Trunk-to-Trunk Group
Select CO ports (01~64)
Enter Trunk Group (00,
See Programming
Assignment
to be assigned.
01~32) 00 = Not Set
Manual for default
01~32 = Trunk Group
settings.
4-54
Enhanced 911 CESID to
Select Station ports
Enter 7- or 10-digit code
Station Table Assignment
(01~C0) to be assigned.
plus up to 5 digit
extension number
Default = Not Assigned
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 53

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Dial Access to Attendant - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows a station user to call an Attendant by dialing an operation call code
through the K-CCIS network.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To call an Attendant Position:
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial K(or the operator call code if it is different fromK).
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
The operator call code must be an individual Attendant Access Code number.
When a call to an Electra Elite IPK Attendant Position, the Electra Elite IPK
sends "OPR XXX" to the call originator as the name information.
Note: XXX = Station Number of the Attendant Position.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 54
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
If using an Open Numbering Plan and a call is made to an Electra Elite IPK
Attendant Position, the operator's office code is included with the name
information.
When making a call from an Electra Elite IPK Attendant Position across a
K-CCIS network, the Caller ID Name and Number display is the same as a
station-to-station call.
This feature is also available when the Attendant Console is in a NEAX2000
IVS2 or NEAX2400 in the CCIS network.
When an Electra Elite IPK station calls a NEAX Desk Console Attendant
Position, OPR is displayed on the LCD during the incoming ring. If using an
Open Number Plan, the office code of the Desk Console is also displayed.
The following can be used for the Dial Access to Attendant (K-CCIS) feature:
J
Specified Station Access Code (00~23) in Memory Block 1-2-08 (Specified
Station Access Code Assignment)
J
Specified Station Access Codes (00~23, Function #176~199)
J
Memory Blocks 1-1-46/47/48 (Access Code 1/2/3-Digit Assignment)
In an Open Numbering Plan network, a station can call an Attendant within the
K-CCIS network by dialing 0.
In an Open Numbering Plan network, a station can call an Attendant within the
K-CCIS network by dialing: Access Code + Office Code + 0.
Restrictions:
When a PBX is in Night Mode, calls to a NEAX Desk Console are restricted.
When an Electra Elite IPK station calls a NEAX Desk Console Attendant
Position that is set to Night Mode, ERROR is displayed in the calling station
LCD and the call is rejected.
When a NEAX Desk Console Attendant Position calls an Electra Elite IPK
station, the Electra Elite IPK station does not store the call in the Caller ID
Scrolling feature. This call record can be printed on SMDR, but there will be no
Caller ID information.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Attendant Positions
Calling Name Display - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 55

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Calling Number Display - K-CCIS
Centralized Day/Night Mode Change - K-CCIS
Dial 0 of Attendant
Voice Calls - K-CCIS
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
For Main System
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46
Access Code (1/2/3-Digit)
Assign the Access Code
Dial No./Function No.
Refer to the Electra
1-1-47
Assignment
for related functions.
X = 176
Elite IPK
1-1-48
Programming
Specified Station
Manual for all
Access Code = 00
options and default
settings.
1-2-08
Specified Station Access
Select the specified
Enter station ports
Code Assignment
Station Access Code
(01~C0) to be assigned.
(00~23) to be assigned.
Default = Not Assigned
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 56
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
For Main System (Continued)
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-08
Class of Service (Station)
Select Class No. (00~15)
Page 4, LK3
Refer to the Electra
(Required)
Feature Selection 2
and assign the
ANI/Caller ID
Elite IPK
appropriate data.)
On = Allow
Programming
Off = Deny
Manual for all
options and default
Page 4, LK4
settings.
ANI/Caller ID Number/
Name Selection
On = Allow
Off = Deny
Page 5, LK7
ANI/Caller ID Display
Selection
On = Allow
Off = Deny
Page 6, LK5
Caller ID for K-CCIS
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default

For Remote System
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46
Access Code (1/2/3-Digit)
Assign Access Codes for
Dial No./Function No.
Refer to the Electra
1-1-47
Assignment
related functions.
X = 604
Elite IPK
1-1-48
ARS Table 4
Programming
(Required)
Manual for all
options and default
settings.
1-14-01
ARS Dialing Assignment
Select the ARS Table
Enter up to 8 digits.
(Required)
(1~4) number and enter
and enter the Dial Number
Default = Not Assigned
(01~128).
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 57

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
For Remote System (Continued)
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-14-02
ARS Dial Allow/Deny
Select the ARS Table
LK1 = Yes (Allow)
Selection
(1~4) and enter the Dial
LK2 = No (Deny)
Number (01~128).
= Default
1-14-03
ARS Route Table Number
Select the ARS Table
Enter the Route No.
Route 00 = Not
(Required)
Assignment
(1~4) and enter the Dial
(00, 01~32)
Used
Number (01~128).
Default = 00
1-14-04
ARS Trunk Group to Route
Select the ARS Route No.
LK1 = Normal
(Required)
Number Assignment
(01~32).
LK2 = TG (01~32)
LK5 = RAB (01~16)
LK6 = ICM
= Default
1-14-05
ARS Digit Delete
Select the ARS Route
Enter the number of
Assignment
(01~32).
digits to delete (00~10).
Default = 00
1-14-06
ARS Digit Add Assignment
Select the ARS Route
Enter up to 10 digits to
(01~32).
add.
Default = 00
1-14-07
ARS Max Digit
Select the ARS Route
Enter the maximum
(Required)
Assignment
(01~32).
digits (00~99).
Default - 24
1-15-10
Calling Name Display
Select the CCH Channel
LK1 = No
(Required)
Allow/Deny Selection
(1~4).
LK2 = Yes
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 58
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Programming Example
Electra Elite IPK
Electra Elite IPK
Electra Elite IPK
T1
T1
DTI
CCIS
DTI
DTI
CCIS
DTI
Cabinet 1
Cabinet 1
Cabinet 1
Cabinet 1
Slot 1
TG10
TG10 Slot 1
Slot 4
TG11
TG11 Slot 1
System A
System B
System C
(100's)
(200's)
(300's)
(Attendant) 100
System A (100's)
System B (200's)
System C (300's)
MB 1-1-46
0=176
MB 1-1-46
0=604 (ARS Table 4)
MB 1-1-46
0=604 (ARS Table 4)
MB 1-2-08
00=Tel 100
MB 1-14-01 Table 4, No. 01=0
MB 1-14-01 Table 4, No. 01=0
MB 1-14-02 Table 4, No. 01=Yes
MB 1-14-02 Table 4, No. 01=Yes
MB 1-14-03 Table 4, No. 01=RT 01
MB 1-14-03 Table 4, No. 01=RT 01
MB 1-14-04 RT No. 01=TG 10
MB 1-14-04 RT No. 01=TG 11
MB 1-14-05 RT No. 01=Delete 00
MB 1-14-05 RT No. 01=Delete 00
MB 1-14-06 RT No. 01=Add None
MB 1-14-06 RT No. 01=Add None
MB 1-14-07 RT No. 01=Max Digit 01
MB 1-14-07 RT No. 01=Max Digit 01
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 59

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Direct Inward Dialing - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows an incoming DID call (centralized DID) to be routed directly across
a K-CCIS link to reach a station in the remote system without an Attendant's
assistance.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Stations
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Normal call handling procedures apply.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Call billing to the outside party starts when the incoming call connects to the
K-CCIS trunk.
When an incoming DID call from the PRT card with Caller ID information is
transferred to the station in K-CCIS network, the Caller ID Name and Number
follow across the K-CCIS network to the distant system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 60
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Restrictions:
This feature is supported only when a Closed Numbering Plan is used.
DNIS number and name are not indicated to the remote system via centralized
DID.
The Electra Elite system supports 2-, 3-, or 4-digit station numbers only.
DID Digit Conversion is not supported when 5-, 6-, or 7-digit station numbers are
used.
A distant extension on a remote system cannot be the destination for the DID
Forward Station Number for Busy Station or Undefined Digit Assignment (MB
1-1-23).
Refer to the Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS) feature for more
details related to Single Line Telephone or PSII support and IP (K-CCIS) support.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS)
Flexible Numbering of Stations - (K-CCIS)
Uniform Numbering Plan - (K-CCIS)
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-20
DID Digit Length Selection
Define the number of
Enter 2, 3, or 4
Direct Inward Dialing
(DID) digits.
Default = 3
1-1-21
DID Digit Conversion
Select Allow or Deny.
LK1 = No
Assignment
LK2 = Yes
= Default
1-1-22
DID Digit Conversion
Select Station/Closed
LK1 = Station /Closed
Only supported with
Table
Number and enter digits to
Number
a Closed Number
convert.
Enter Digits Received,
plan (2-, 3-, or 4-digit
Enter distant
number).
extension number.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 61

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Dual Hold - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows two connected Multiline Telephones to be placed on hold
simultaneously over the K-CCIS link. This enables the held parties to answer or
originate a call from a secondary line or intercom path.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Normal call handling procedures apply.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
This feature is available for inter-office calls through K-CCIS.
Both Non-Exclusive Hold and Exclusive Hold can be used for Dual
Hold - K-CCIS.
The K-CCIS call is held on a Call Appearance key.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 62
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Restrictions:
None
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Ë
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-03
Hold Recall Time Selection
Select time out.
LK1 = 25 sec
(Non-Exclusive Hold)
LK2 = 45 sec
LK3 = 60 sec
LK4 = 90 sec
LK5 = 120 sec
LK6 = 180 sec
LK7 = 240 sec
LK8 = No Limit
= Default
1-1-63
Hold Recall Time Selection
Select time out.
LK1 = 0.5 min
(Exclusive)
LK2 = 1.0 min
LK3 = 1.5 min
LK4 = 2.0 min
LK5 = 3.0 min
LK6 = 5.0 min
LK7 = 8.0 min
LK8 = No Limit
= Default
4-71
Station to Timer Class of
Select Timer Class.
Port 01 and 02 default
Service
to Class 1, all others
default to Class 2.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 63

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Elapsed Time Display - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature provides an Elapsed Call Time on the LCD which shows the duration of
time that a Multiline Terminal is connected to any call through the K-CCIS network.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Display Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
No manual operation is required.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
A continuous time display appears when a call is retrieved from Exclusive Hold
and/or Non-Exclusive Hold from the same station.
When a call is transferred, the elapsed time of the party receiving the transfer
begins at zero.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 64
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Restrictions:
For calls across a K-CCIS link, the Elapsed Call timer only begins after receiving
answer supervision from the distant system.
For Voice Calls across the K-CCIS link, the Elapsed Call timer does not begin
until the distant station answers.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
None
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 65

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Flexible Numbering of Stations - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows telephone numbers to be assigned to any stations in the K-CCIS
network, based solely upon numbering plan limitations.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
With release R2500, the Electra Elite IPK can support 2~7 digit station numbers.
Release R2500 also supports station numbers to be assigned by the 10's group for
4-digit station numbers, 100's group for 5-digit station numbers, 1,000's group for
6-digit station numbers, and 10,000's group for 7-digit station numbers.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Stations
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Normal call handling procedures apply.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 66
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Careful consideration should be given to the network numbering plan to avoid
needless loss of Access Codes or duplication of telephone numbers.
The first digit or first two digits of a telephone number distinguishes one system
from another system.
Restrictions:
Tenant service is not provided, i.e., numbers cannot be duplicated for different
tenants.
Only one Station Numbering Plan can be used at a time.
Station Numbering Plan can be 2-, 3-, or 4-digits (R2000/S8700 or lower).
With R2000/S8700 or lower, Station numbers are assigned by the 100's group
for 4-digit station numbers.
When using 5-, 6-, or 7-digit station numbers, the following example
demonstrates how the assignments are made (this applies to software release
R2500 or higher):
Example of a 7-digit station number: Station Number Port 01 = 7650000
Memory Block 1-2-03 (2~7-Digit Station Number Selection) = 7 Digits
Memory Block 1-2-34 [Expanded Station Number Assignment] = 765
Memory Block 1-1-46 [Access Code (1-Digit) Assignment] = No A. C.'s - 001
Memory Block 1-1-47 [Access Code (2-Digit) Assignment] = A. C. 76 = 301
Memory Block 1-1-48 [Access Code (3-Digit) Assignment] = Table 01,
Dial No. 5 = 001
Memory Block 4-10 (Station Number Assignment) = Port 01 = 0000
Station Number Port 01 = 7650000
Assigned in MB 4-10
Assigned in MB 1-2-34
Extension numbers should not start with the digit 0 or a 9.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 67

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
The following features are not supported or have limitations when using 5-, 6-,
or 7-digit station numbers.
Feature
Comment
Direct Inward Dialing - K-CCIS
DID Digit Conversion is not supported
when 5-, 6-, or 7-digit station numbers are
used.
Voice Mail Integration - K-CCIS
The voice mail must be installed in the
PBX (NEAX system).
For non-K-CCIS feature support, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and
Specifications Manual, "Flexible Numbering Plan" feature.
Refer to the Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS) feature for more
details related to Single Line Telephone or PSII support and IP (K-CCIS) support.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS)
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-2-03
2~7-Digit Station Number
Select number of digits for
LK 1 = 2 Digit
R2500/S9500
Selection
station numbers.
LK 2 = 3 Digit
required for 5-, 6-, or
LK 3 = 4 Digit
7-digit Extension
LK 4 = 5 Digit
Numbers
LK 5 = 6 Digit
LK 6 = 7 Digit
= Default
1-2-34
Expanded Station Number
Enter Setting data.
5-digit = 1~9
R2500/S9500 is
Assignment
6-digit = 10~99
required
7-digit = 100~999
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 68
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46
Access Code (1/23-Digit)
Assign Access Code for
Dial No./Function No.
R2500/S9500
1-1-47
Assignment
related functions.
X = 001 Station
required for
Number
assigning 001 to MB
1-1-48
= Default
4-10
Station Number
Select Station ports
Enter Station No.
R2500/S9500
Assignment
(01~C0) to be assigned.
2-digit (10~89)
required for 5-, 6-, or
3-digit (100~99)
7-digit Extension
4~7-digit (1000~8999)
Numbers
Default = 100~399
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 69

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Handsfree Answerback - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows Multiline Telephone station users to respond to voice calls through
a K-CCIS network without lifting the handset.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To turn the microphone On/Off:
A
1.
Press
.
2.
DialA.
- OR -
Press the programmable line key assigned as the MIC On/Off key.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 70
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Handsfree Answerback (K-CCIS) can only be used when responding to a Voice
Calls (K-CCIS) from a remote user.
The HFU Selection (Memory Block 4-29) is not required and has no effect for
the Handsfree Answerback (K-CCIS) feature.
Restrictions
None
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Voice Calls - K-CCIS
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-2-24
Intercom Feature Access
Assign the Access Code
Dial No./Function No.
Code Assignment
for Voice/Tone Switching.
1 = 001
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 71

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Hot Line - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows two stations at different nodes in the K-CCIS network to be
mutually associated on an automatic ringdown basis through the K-CCIS network.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To execute at any station programmed for Hot Line:
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
The remote K-CCIS station is called.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Any Multiline Terminal (a maximum number of 120 stations) can be assigned for
Hot Line (K-CCIS).
Either Multiline Terminal in a Hot Line (K-CCIS) pair may transfer a Hot Line call
to another station in the K-CCIS network using the Call Transfer - All Calls
(K-CCIS) feature.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 72
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Restrictions:
None
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Call Transfer All Calls - K-CCIS
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
4-23
Prime Line/Hot Line
Select ports (stations) to
Enter the telephone
10 digits maximum
Assignment
be assigned.
number.
Default = Not Assigned
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 73

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
IP (K-CCIS)
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature provides the benefits and additional feature compatibility of Key-Common
Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS) between multiple systems connected together
over a Data Communication IP Network (Intranet). Voice Signals and common
signaling data from/to the distant offices are converted into IP Packets and
transmitted through the Data IP Network. When using the IP K-CCIS feature, both
Voice and Data Communication Lines are integrated into one Network and
communication costs can be reduced.
This feature is available between Electra Elite IPK R1500~R1700, or Electra Elite
S8500 or S8700 systems only and is not supported with an Electra Elite IPK R1000
system, Electra Elite S8000 or lower system, or a NEAX PBX system.
The following K-CCIS features are available with IP K-CCIS feature:
Centralized BLF (K-CCIS)
Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Call Transfer All Calls - K-CCIS
Calling Name Display - K-CCIS
Calling Number Display - K-CCIS
Centralized Day/Night Mode Change - K-CCIS
Dial Access to Attendant - K-CCIS
Direct Inward Dialing - K-CCIS
Dual Hold - K-CCIS
Elapsed Time Display - K-CCIS
Flexible Numbering of Stations - K-CCIS
Hands-Free Answerback - K-CCIS
Hot Line - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 74
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Link Reconnect - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Quick Transfer to Voice Main - K-CCIS
Station to Station Calling - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
Voice Call - K-CCIS
Voice Mail Integration - K-CCIS
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Stations
Required Software:
R1500~R1700
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Normal call handling procedures apply.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
For this feature, the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is installed and assigned as a DTI4 or a
DTI8. Each IAD(8)-U( ) ETU reduces the maximum capacity of DTI-U( ) ETUs
and trunks in the system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 75

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
For a Basic Port Package, a maximum of three IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can be
installed if assigned as DTI4s. When the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is assigned as a DTI8,
only one can be installed.
For an Expanded Port Package, a maximum of eight IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can be
installed if at least one is assigned is as a DTI4. If the IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs are
assigned as DTI8s, only seven can be installed. (Refer to maximum capacities
and KSU Power-Based ETU Quantity Limitations in "Universal Slots" Feature
and Specifications.)
The IAD(8)-U( ) supports only those vocoders that are approved to provide toll-
quality speech path. The following voice compression methods are supported:
J
G.711 u Law - Highest Bandwidth
J
G.729 - Mid-Range Bandwidth
J
G.723 - Lowest Bandwidth
Each voice call requires at least the bandwidth listed in the following table:
Default
Transmit
Receive
Time
Theoretical
Packetization
Jitter
Codec
Data
Data
Between
Maximum
Delay
Buffer
Rate
Rate
Packets
MOS
Delay
G711u-law
90 Kbps
90 Kbps
20 ms
1.5 ms
2 datagrams
4.4
(40 ms)
G729
34 Kbps
34 Kbps
20 ms
15.0 ms
2 datagrams
4.07
(40 ms)
G.723
25 Kbps
25 Kbps
30 ms
37.5 ms
2 datagrams
3.87
(60 ms)
Note 1: This includes the overheads of VoIP communication including signaling.
Note 2: In voice communications, particularly Internet telephony, the mean opinion score (MOS)
provides a numerical measure of the quality of human speech at the destination end of the
circuit. The scheme uses subjective tests (opinionated scores) that are mathematically
averaged to obtain a quantitative indicator of the system performance. A score of 5.0 is
the maximum for the Mean Opinion Score.
Data calls (Modem Data) across the VoIP connection are only supported when
the G.711 u Law Codec is used.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 76
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU contains a regular TCP/RTP/IP stack that can handle real
time media. The IAD ETU, from the network administration perspective, is an
end-point on the IP network.
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU uses Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Protocol to provide
telephony services between remote systems through the IP Network. This is an
IETF/ITU standards-based protocol. Currently, this protocol does not allow for
communications across networks where Network Address Translation (NAT) is
performed.
The audio quality of speech connections depends greatly on the available
bandwidth between the IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs in the data network. As Internet is an
uncontrolled data network compared to an Intranet, it is highly recommended to
use this application in Intranet WAN environment, with known (or controlled and
assured) Quality of Service (QoS).
If any of the networks where the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is connected uses NAT for
connecting the voice calls (including firewall), it is recommended that you
consult your network provider/administrator and specifically request service for
VoIP or real-time media support on your networks.
A static IP Address is required for each IAD(8)-U( ) ETU in the network.
This feature allows Point to Multi-Point peer-to-peer connections for calls
through the IP K-CCIS Network. If a call is transferred or forwarded to a different
system in the Network, the trunks in the transferring system are released and a
new Point to Point connection is established. This is similar to a Link Reconnect,
but improved as tandem calls to two different systems are released.
The CCH(4)-U( ) ETU is not required to support this feature. It can be installed
and used in a system using traditional K-CCIS with point to point T1 lines
allowing both IP K-CCIS and traditional K-CCIS to be used with the same
system.
The LAN connection is provided by a 10/100 Base T Ethernet.
Restrictions:
This feature is supported between Electra Elite IPK R1500 or higher systems or
Electra Elite S8500 or higher systems only (not compatible with Electra Elite
S8000 or lower or NEAX PBXs).
Centralized Billing - K-CCIS is not supported for systems connected only by IP
(K-CCIS).
Voice Calls - K-CCIS, voice announce is not supported for a forwarded call
across IP (K-CCIS).
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 77

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Not all data networks are suitable to support Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP).
A good VoIP solution will require a low-latency, low jitter and low packet loss
network. Accordingly, a network must be evaluated for latency, packet loss,
and jitter to determine if it can provide toll-quality speech paths.
This feature is not available when using 5-, 6-, or 7-digit station numbers.
This feature and the IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint) feature are not
supported within the same network.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
IP Station (MEGACO)
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP)
For programming details, refer to Chapter 5 IP (K-CCIS).
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 78
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature provides the benefits and additional feature compatibility of Key-Common
Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS) between multiple systems including NEAX
PBX systems connected together over a Data Communication IP Network (Intranet).
Voice signals and common signaling data from/to the distant offices are converted
into IP Packets and transmitted through the Data IP Network. When using the IP
(K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint) feature, both voice and data communication
lines are integrated into one network and communication costs can be reduced.
This feature is available between Electra Elite/Elite IPK systems and NEAX PBX
systems. When connecting to a NEAX system, IPT cards are used and must be
installed.
The following K-CCIS features are available with the IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-
Multipoint) feature:
Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Call Transfer All Calls - K-CCIS
Calling Name Display - K-CCIS
Calling Number Display - K-CCIS
Centralized Billing - K-CCIS
Centralized BLF (K-CCIS) *
Centralized Day/Night Mode Change (K-CCIS)
Dial Access to Attendant (K-CCIS)
Direct Inward Dialing - K-CCIS
Dual Hold - K-CCIS
Elapsed Time Display - K-CCIS
Flexible Numbering of Stations - K-CCIS
Hands-Free Answerback - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 79

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Hot Line - K-CCIS
Link Reconnect - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Paging Access - K-CCIS
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
Voice Call - K-CCIS
Voice Mail Integration - K-CCIS
* Not supported with NEAX PBXs.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Stations
Required Software:
R2500 or higher is required
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Normal call handling procedures apply.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 80
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
For this feature, the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is installed and assigned as a DTI(4) or
DTI(8). Each IAD(8)-U10 ETU reduces the maximum capacity of DTI-U( )ETUs
and trunks in the system.
For a Basic Port Package, a maximum of three IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can be
installed if assigned as DTI(4)s. If the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is assigned as a DTI(8),
only one can be installed.
For an Expanded Port Package a maximum of eight IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can be
installed if at least one is assigned as a DTI(4). If the IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs are
assigned as DTI(8)s, only seven can be installed. (Refer to maximum capacities
and KSU Power-Based ETU Quantity Limitations in "Universal Slots" of the
Features and Specifications Manual.)
The IAD(8)-U10 supports only those codecs that are approved to provide
toll-quality speech paths. The following voice compression methods are
supported for the IP CCH for NEAX application:
J
G.711 uLaw -- highest bandwidth
J
G.729 -- mid-range bandwidth
J
G.723 -- lowest bandwidth
Each voice call will require at least the bandwidth listed in the following table:
Transmit
Receive
Time
Default
Theoretical
Packetization
Codec
Data
Data
Between
Jitter Buffer
Maximum
Delay
Rate
Rate
Packets
Delay
MOS
G.711
2 datagrams
4.4
90 Kbps
90Kbps
20 ms
1.5 ms
u-Law
(40 ms)
2 datagrams
4.07
G.729
34 Kbps
34 Kbps
20 ms
15.0 ms
(40 ms)
2 datagrams
3.87
G.723
25 Kbps
25 Kbps
30 ms
37.5 ms
(60 ms)
Note 1:
This includes the overheads of VoIP communication, including signaling.
Note 2:
In voice communications, particularly Internet telephony, the mean opinion score (MOS)
provides a numerical measure of the quality of human speech at the destination end of
the circuit. The scheme uses subjective tests (opinionated scores) that are
mathematically averaged to obtain a quantitative indicator of the system performance.
The maximum for the Mean Opinion Score is 5.0.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 81

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Data calls (Modem Data) across the VoIP connection are only supported when
G.711 uLaw Codec is used.
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU contains a regular TCP/RTP/IP stack that can handle real
time media. The IAD card, from the network administration perspective, is an
end-point on the IP network.
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU with "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded uses Common
Channel Interoffice Signaling over IP networks. Currently, this protocol does not
allow for communications across networks where Network Address Translation
(NAT) is performed.
The audio quality of speech connections depend greatly on the available
bandwidth between the IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs in the data network. As the internet is
an uncontrolled data network compared to an Intranet, it is highly recommended
to use this application in Intranet WAN environment, with known (or controlled
and assured) Quality of Service (QoS).
If any of the networks where the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is connected uses NAT for
connecting the voice calls (including firewall), it is recommended that you
consult your network provider/administrator and specifically request service for
VoIP or real-time media support on your networks.
A static IP Address is required for each IAD(8)-U( ) ETU in the network.
This feature allows Point-to-Multipoint, peer-to-peer connections for calls
through the IP K-CCIS Network. If a call is transferred or forwarded to a different
system in the Network, the trunks in the transferring system are released and a
new Point-to-Point connection is established.
Note: When a call terminates back to the originating system due to call forwarding or
transfer, the intermediate trunks are not released until the call is completed by an
answer at the called party or until the call is forwarded to a different system (similar to
the link-reconnect function in TDM CCIS).
The CCH(4)-U10 ETU is not required to support this feature. It can be installed
and used in a system using traditional K-CCIS with point-to-point T1 lines
allowing both IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint) and traditional K-CCIS
to be used with the same system.
The LAN connection is provided by a 10/100 Base T, Auto sensing, full duplex
Ethernet.
Restrictions:
The Electra Elite IPK can send billing information to a billing center office
(NEAX2000/2400), but cannot receive the billing information as the billing center
office.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 82
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Voice Calls (K-CCIS), voice announce is not supported for a forwarded call
across IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint).
This feature is not available when using 6-, or 7-digit station numbers.
This feature and the IP (K-CCIS) feature are not supported within the same
network.
Not all data networks are suitable to support Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP).
A good VoIP solution will require a low-latency, low jitter, and low packet loss
network. Accordingly a network must be evaluated for latency, packet loss, and
jitter in order to qualify and determine if it is able to provide toll-quality speech
paths.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
IP Station (MEGACO)
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP)
For programming details, refer to Chapter 6 IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)
on page 6-1.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 83

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Link Reconnect - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature provides the system that is connected to K-CCIS network with the ability
to release the redundant K-CCIS link connections and reconnect the link with the
system for efficient usage of the K-CCIS trunks.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Normal call handling procedures apply.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
The link reconnect ability is provided for the following types of calls:
J
A station call over K-CCIS that is transferred or forwarded to another
station or trunk within the same office as the call originating station. (Refer
to Figure 4-1 Link Reconnect for Station Calls.)
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 84
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra
Electra
Electra
Electra
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Station A
Station A
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
Station B
Station B
Station C
Station C
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
Electra
Electra
Electra
Electra
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Station A
Station A
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
CO/ISDN
CO/ISDN
TIE/K-CCIS
TIE/CCIS
Station C
Station C
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
Stations A, B, and C must be Multiline Terminals
Note: When Station A holds the call or is in the conference, Link Reconnect is not provided.
Figure 4-1 Link Reconnect for Station Calls
A trunk call (CO/PBX/TIE/DID/K-CCIS) over a K-CCIS network is transferred or
forwarded to another station or trunk within the same office as the original
incoming trunk. (Refer to Figure 4-2 Link Reconnect for Trunk Tandem Calls.)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 85

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________

Electra
Electra
Electra
Electra
Outside
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Outside
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Trunk
Trunk
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
CO/ISDN
CO/ISDN
TIE/K-CCIS
TIE/CCIS
Station A
Station A
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
Electra
Electra
Electra
Electra
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Elite IPK
Outside
Outside
Trunk
Trunk
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
Station
Station
Station A
Station A
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
Station A must be a Multiline Telephone
Figure 4-2 Link Reconnect for Trunk Tandem Calls
Link reconnect occurs after answering a transferred or forwarded K-CCIS call.
Restrictions:
Answer supervision is required for Link Reconnect to occur. For outgoing calls
on analog trunks, Answer supervision is based on the Elapsed Call Timer -
Memory Block 1-1-05 (Start Time Selection).
When a call is on hold, or in a conference, and is transferred back across the
K-CCIS link, Link Reconnect is not provided.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 86
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Call Transfer All Calls - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-15-08
Link Reconnect Allow/
Select Allow or Deny.
LK1 = No
Deny Selection
LK2 = Yes
= Default
1-1-05
Start Time Selection
Select time out.
LK1 = 10 Sec
LK2 = 20 Sec
LK3 = 30 Sec
LK4 = 40 Sec
LK5 = 50 Sec
LK6 = 60 Sec
LK7 = 70 Sec
LK8 = 2 Sec
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 87

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows a Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls sequence to be forwarded
over a K-CCIS network to a station in another office.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To set Call Forward All Calls - K-CCIS from a Multiline Telephone (Closed
Numbering Plan):
1.
Press the Call Forward All ON/OFF key.
2.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
E
3.
Press
.
- OR -
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDA(set as default).
3.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
E
4.
Restore handset or press
.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 88
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
To set Call Forward All Calls - K-CCIS from a Multiline Telephone (Open Numbering
Plan):
1.
Press the Call Forward All ON/OFF key.
2.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
3.
Dial the Office Code number.
4.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
5.
Press
.
- OR -
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDA(set as default).
3.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
4.
Dial the Office Code number.
5.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
6.
Restore handset or press
.
To cancel Call Forward All Calls - K-CCIS from a Multiline Telephone:
1.
Press Call Forward All Call On/Off key.
E
2.
Press
.
- OR -
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDB(set as default).
E
3.
Restore handset or press
.
To set for any station for Attendant Positions only (Closed Numbering Plan):
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDG(set as default).
3.
Dial the station number to be forwarded.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 89

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
E
5.
Restore handset or press
.
To set for any station for Attendant Positions only (Open Numbering Plan):
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDG(set as default).
3.
Dial the station number to be forwarded.
4.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
5.
Dial the Office Code number.
6.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
7.
Restore handset or press
.
To cancel for any station for Attendant Positions only:
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDH(set as default).
3.
Dial the station number where forwarding is to be canceled.
E
4.
Restore handset or press
.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS can forward a call up to seven
times across K-CCIS links (up to seven hops) depending on system data.
Multiple Call Forwarding over a K-CCIS link is combined with Multiple Call
Forwarding All Calls/Busy/No Answer.
If the calling station is set as the destination in a multiple hop scenario, Multiple
Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS is not performed, i.e., an infinite loop does
not occur.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 90
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
For multiple Call Forwarding All/Busy (Immediate) calls, the display on the
calling party's Multiline Telephone displays the terminating station user's name
and the station number for the first station of a distant system in the Multiple Call
Forwarding group. For the terminating station, the telephone display indicates
the name and the number of the calling party and the trunk number of the
incoming call.
When a calling station has been Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS to the
maximum times assigned in Memory Block 1-15-09 (K-CCIS Maximum Call
Forwarding Hop Assignment) and encounters another Call Forwarding All
Calls - K-CCIS condition, the calling station is not forwarded and rings at the last
destination.
If the destination station in a Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
situation is busy and has not set Call Forwarding Busy and has Call Alert
Notification disabled, the calling party will receive busy tone.
When combining Call Forwarding Busy and Call Forwarding All Calls
- K-CCIS, if the destination station is busy and has Call Alert Notification
disabled, then the calling party hears busy tone after the maximum hops
assigned in Memory Block 1-15-09 (K-CCIS Maximum Call Forwarding Hop
Assignment).
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS and Call Forwarding Busy
- K-CCIS may be mixed; up to seven combined multiple forwardings may occur.
An example of Multiple Call Forwarding over a K-CCIS link is shown in Figure 4-
3 Multiple Call Forwarding over K-CCIS Links for All Calls.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 91

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________

Office D
Office C
Office B
Office A
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
Counter = Nill
Counter = 1
Counter = 2
Number of Call Forwards
over K-CCIS = 2
Multiple Call Forwarding Over K-CCIS
Office A
Allowed
Office B
Allowed
Office C
Allowed
Office D
Allowed
Note: The counter is reduced by one with each hop (tandem connection).
Figure 4-3 Multiple Call Forwarding over K-CCIS Links for All Calls
Restrictions:
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer must be allowed in Memory Block 3-04 (Trunk-to-Trunk
Transfer Yes/No Selection).
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Call Transfer All Calls - K-CCIS
Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Link Reconnect - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 92
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-07
Class of Service
Call Forward - Set/Cancel
Page 2, LK2
(Attendant) Feature
from Destination Station
On = Allow
Selection 1
Off = Deny
System-Wide Reset of
Page 2, LK3
Call Forward All Call
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
1-8-08
Class of Service (Station)
Call Forward All Call/
Page 1, LK1
Feature Selection 2
DND, Break Mode
On = Allow
Off = Deny
Call Forward Off
Page 5, LK4
-Premise
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
4-17
Station to Class of Service
Select Stations and Class
Assign appropriate
Feature Assignment
Type - Selection 1 or 2.
class
4-12
Line Key Selection for
Select Stations and Line
Page 1, LK4
Telephone Mode
key to be assigned.
Call Forward All -Set/
Reset
3-04
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
Allow for CO/PBX lines to
LK1 = No
Yes/No Selection
be assigned.
LK2 = Yes
= Default all Trunks
1-15-08
Link Reconnect Allow/
Select Allow or Deny
LK1 = No
Deny Selection
LK2 = Yes
= Default
1-15-09
K-CCIS Maximum Call
Select the maximum
Range: 1 to 7
Forwarding Hop
number of Call Forward
Assignment
hops.
Default = 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 93

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows a Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer sequence to be
forwarded over a K-CCIS network to a station in another office.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To set Call Forward Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS from a Multiline Telephone (Closed
Numbering Plan):
1.
Press the Call Forward Busy/No Answer ON/OFF key.
2.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
E
3.
Press
.
- OR -
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDC(set as default).
3.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
E
4.
Restore handset or press
.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 94
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
To set Call Forward Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS from a Multiline Telephone (Open
Numbering Plan):
1.
Press the Call Forward Busy/No Answer ON/OFF key.
2.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
3.
Dial the Office Code number.
4.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
5.
Press
.
- OR -
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDC(set as default).
3.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
4.
Dial the Office Code number.
5.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
6.
Restore handset or press
.
To cancel Call Forward All Calls from a Multiline Telephone:
1.
Press Call Forward - Busy/No Answer On/Off key.
E
2.
Press
.
- OR -
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDD(set as default).
E
3.
Restore handset or press
.
To set for any station for Attendant Positions only (Closed Numbering Plan):
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDE(set as default).
3.
Dial the station number to be forwarded.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 95

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
E
5.
Restore handset or press
.
To set for any station for Attendant Positions only (Open Numbering Plan):
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDE(set as default).
3.
Dial the station number to be forwarded.
4.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normally H).
5.
Dial the Office Code number.
6.
Dial the distant K-CCIS station number.
E
7.
Press
.
To cancel for any station for Attendant Positions only:
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial Access CodeDF(set as default).
3.
Dial the station number where forwarding is to be canceled.
E
4.
Restore handset or press
.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer Calls - K-CCIS can forward a call up
to seven times across K-CCIS links (up to seven hops) depending on systems
data.
Multiple Call Forwarding over a K-CCIS link is combined with Multiple Call
Forwarding All Calls/Busy/No Answer.
If the calling station is set as the destination in a multiple hop scenario, Multiple
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer Calls - K-CCIS are not performed, i.e., an
infinite loop does not occur.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 96
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
For multiple Call Forwarding All/Busy (Immediate) calls, the display on the
calling party's Multiline Telephone indicates the terminating station user's name
and the station number for the first station of a distant system in the Multiple Call
Forwarding group. For the terminating station, the telephone display indicates
the name and the number of the calling party and the trunk number of the
incoming call.
For multiple Call Forwarding No Answer/Busy (Delay) calls, the display on the
calling party's Multiline Telephone indicates the name and number of the first
station of a distant systems in the Multiple Call Forwarding group. For the
terminating station, the telephone display indicates the name and the number of
the calling party and the trunk number of the incoming call.
When a calling station has been Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer Calls -
K-CCIS to the maximum times assigned in Memory Block 1-15-09 (K-CCIS
Maximum Call Forwarding Hop Assignment) and encounters another Call
Forwarding Busy/No Answer Calls - K-CCIS condition, the calling station is not
forwarded and rings at the last destination.
When the destination station in a Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer
Calls - K-CCIS situation is busy and has not set Call Forwarding Busy and has
Call Alert Notification disabled, the calling party will receive busy tone.
When combining Call Forwarding Busy and Call Forwarding All Calls
- K-CCIS and the destination station is busy and has Call Alert Notification
disabled, the calling party hears a busy tone after the maximum hops assigned
in Memory Block 1-15-09 (K-CCIS Maximum Call Forwarding Hop Assignment).
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS can forward a call a maximum of
seven times across K-CCIS link (maximum of seven hops) depending on
system data assignments.
An example of Multiple Call Forwarding over a K-CCIS link as shown Figure 4-4
Multiple Call Forwarding over K-CCIS Links for Busy/No Answer.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 97

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________

Office D
Office C
Office B
Office A
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
K-CCIS
Counter = Nill
Counter = 1
Counter = 2
Number of Call Forwards
over K-CCIS = 2
Multiple Call Forwarding Over K-CCIS
Office A
Allowed
Office B
Allowed
Office C
Allowed
Office D
Allowed
Note: The counter is reduced by one with each hop (tandem connection).
Figure 4-4 Multiple Call Forwarding over K-CCIS Links for Busy/No Answer
Restrictions:
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer must be allowed in Memory Block 3-04 (Trunk-to-Trunk
Transfer Yes/No Selection).
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Link Reconnect - K-CCIS
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 98
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-07
Class of Service
Call Forward all Call
Page 2, LK2
(Attendant) Feature
(Set/Reset) from
On = Allow
Selection 1
Destination Station
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
1-8-08
Class of Service (Station)
Call Forward Busy/ No
Page 2, LK5
Feature Selection 2
Answer Set
On = Allow
Off = Deny
Call Forward Off-
Page 5, LK4
Premise
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
4-17
Station to Class of Service
Select stations and class
Assign the appropriate
Feature Assignment
type - Selection 1 or 2.
class.
4-12
Line Key Selection for
Select stations and Line
Page 1, LK3
Telephone Mode
key to be assigned.
FW B/NA -Set/Reset
3-04
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
Allow for CO/PBX lines to
LK1 = No
Yes/No Selection
be assigned.
LK2 = Yes
= Default all Trunks
1-15-08
Link Reconnect Allow/
Select Allow or Deny.
LK1 = No
Deny Selection
LK2 = Yes
= Default
1-15-09
K-CCIS Maximum Call
Select the Maximum
Range: 1 to 7
Forwarding Hop
number of Call Forward
Assignment
hops.
Default = 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 99

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Paging Access - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows users to access external paging equipment from remote sites
across the K-CCIS network. Local stations where the external paging equipment is
installed can use the Meet-Me Answer feature to answer the page and establish a
station-to-station K-CCIS call.
Software R3000 or high is required to support Internal Zone Paging across K-CCIS.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To access internal or external paging across a K-CCIS network:
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial the Access Code for the required zone, or press the programmed Feature
Access or One-Touch key.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 100
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
The single external paging zone output built into the basic B64-U20 KSU can be
used for Paging Access (K-CCIS).
Memory Block 1-7-06 (External Paging Timeout Selection) applies to Paging
Access (K-CCIS).
If a user dials during Paging Access (K-CCIS), DTMF tones are heard from the
external paging equipment at the remote site.
Memory Block 1-2-00 (Internal Paging Timeout Selection) applies to Paging
Access (K-CCIS).
Memory Block 4-93 (Internal Zone Paging Selection) applies to Paging Access
(K-CCIS).
Memory Block 4-31 (Receiving Internal/All Call Page Selection) applies to
Paging Access (K-CCIS).
Restrictions:
Amplifiers and speakers must be locally provided.
The following Feature Access Codes are not supported over K-CCIS:
J
All Internal Zone Paging (Function Number 070)
J
Internal Zone A/B/C Paging (Function Numbers 071, 072, 073)
J
All Internal/External Zone Paging (Function Number 081)
The following Feature Access Codes are not supported over K-CCIS. (Software
version R2500 or below is required.)
J
All Internal Zone Paging (Function Number 070)
J
Internal Zone A/B/C Paging (Function Numbers 071, 072, 073)
J
All Internal/External Zone Paging (Function Number 081)
The following Feature Access Codes are supported over K-CCIS. (Software
version R3000 or higher is required.)
J
All Internal Zone Paging (Function Number 070)
J
Internal Zone A/B/C Paging (Function Numbers 071, 072, 073)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 101

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
J
All Internal/External Zone Paging (Function Number 081)
Internal Paging across K-CCIS is only supported between IPK and IPK.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Background Music Over External Speakers
External Zone Paging (Meet-Me)
Internal Zone Paging (Meet-Me)
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.

For Paging Installation
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
7-1
Card Interface Slot
Select:
Page 4, LK2
Assignment
Cabinet Number (1~3)
CCH
Lower Sot (01~08)
Setting Data to be
Page 2, LK8
assigned
ECR
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 102
Features and Specifications

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
For Paging Installation
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-2-00
Internal Paging Timeout
Assign timeout.
090s ?
Selection
? = Default
4-31
Receiving Internal/All Call
Select Station ports
Select Data:
Page Selection
(01~C0) to be assigned.
LK 1: Yes ?
LK2: No
? = Default
4-93
Internal Zone Paging
Select Station ports
Select Data:
Selection
(01~C0) to be assigned.
LK 1: No ?
LK2: Zone A
LK3: Zone B
LK4: Zone C
? = Default
1-7-02
External Speaker
Specify if external
LK1=EXP A
Connection Selection
speakers are connected.
LK2=ESP B
LK3=ESP C
LED Off =No
LED On=Yes
Default = All On
1-7-03
External Paging Alert Tone
Specify if a paging alert
LK1=Yes
Selection
tone is sent on External
LK2=No
Zone Paging.
= Default
1-7-06
External Paging Timeout
Select timeout.
LK1=0.5 minutes
Selection
LK2=1.0 minute
LK3=1.5 minutes
LK4=2.0 minutes
LK5=3.0 minutes
LK6=5.0 minutes
LK7=8.0 minutes
LK8=No Limit
= Default
1-7-08
External Speaker Chime
Specify the paging alert
LK1=PRT
Selection
tone.
LK2=C-S
LK3=C-B
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 104
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
For Paging Installation
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-7-09
External Speaker Chime
Specifies the delay time
LK1=000 msec.
Start Time Selection
(in milliseconds).
LK2=100 msec.
LK3=200 msec.
LK4=300 msec.
LK5=400 msec.
LK6=500 msec.
LK7=600 msec.
LK8=700 msec.
= Default
4-12
Line Key Selection for
Select station ports
Page 1, LK6
Telephone Mode
(01~C0) and line keys to
Feature Access
be assigned.
(01~16)

For Remote System
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46
Access Code (1/2/3-Digit)
Assign Access Codes for
Dial No./Function No.
Refer to the Electra
1-1-47
Assignment
related functions.
X=604 (ARS Table 4)
Elite IPK
1-1-48
Programming
(Required)
Manual for all
options and default
settings.
1-14-01
ARS Dialing Assignment
Select the ARS Table
Enter up to 8 digits.
(Required)
(1~4) and enter the Dial
Number (01~128).
Default = Not
Assigned
1-14-02
ARS Dial Allow/Deny
Select the ARS Table
LK1=Yes (Allow)
Selection
(1~4) and enter the Dial
LK2=No (Deny)
Number (01~128).
= Default
1-14-03
ARS Route Table Number
Select the ARS TAble
Enter the Route
Route 00 = Not
(Required)
Assignment
(1~4) and enter the Dial
Number (00, 01~33)
Used
Number (01~128).
Default = 00
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 105

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
For Remote System
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-14-04
ARS Trunk Group to Route
Select the ARS Route
LK1=Normal
(Required)
Number Assignment
(01~32).
LK2=TG (01~32)
LK5=RAB (01~16)
LK6=ICM
= Default
1-14-05
ARS Digit Delete
Select the ARS Route
Enter the number of
Assignment
(01~32).
digits to delete
(00~10).
Default = 00
1-14-06
ARS Digit Add Assignment
Select the ARS Route
Enter up to 10 digits to
(01~32).
add.
Default = 00
1-14-07
ARS Max Digit
Select the ARS Route
Enter the maximum
(Required)
Assignment
(01~32).
number of digits
(00~99).
Default = 24
Programming Example
Electra Elite IPK
Electra Elite IPK
Electra Elite IPK
T1
T1
ECR
DTI
CCIS
DTI
DTI
CCIS
DTI
Cabinet 1
Cabinet 1
Cabinet 1
Cabinet 1
Slot 1
TG10
TG10 Slot 1
Slot 4
TG11
TG11 Slot 1
System A
System B
System C
(100's)
(200's)
(300's)
100's
200's
300's
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 106
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
System A (100's)
System B (200's)
System C (300's)
MB 1-1-47
55=075
MB 1-1-46
5=604 (ARS Table 4)
MB 1-1-46
5=604 (ARS Table 4)
(All External Zone Paging)
MB 1-14-01 Table 4, No. 01=55
MB 1-14-01 Table 4, No. 01=55
MB 1-14-02 Table 4, No. 01=Yes
MB 1-14-02 Table 4, No. 01=Yes
MB 1-14-03 Table 4, No. 01=RT 01
MB 1-14-03 Table 4, No. 01=RT 01
MB 1-14-04 RT No. 01=TG 10
MB 1-14-04 RT No. 01=TG 10
MB 1-14-05 RT No. 01=Delete 00
MB 1-14-05 RT No. 01=Delete 00
MB 1-14-06 RT No. 01=Add None
MB 1-14-06 RT No. 01=Add None
MB 1-14-07 RT No. 01=Max Digit 02
MB 1-14-07 RT No. 01=Max Digit 02
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 107

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Quick Transfer to Voice Mail -- K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
A station user transferring a call can force the call to be transferred to the called party
voice mail box after the transferred call recalls, after an internal station number is
dialed while performing a screened transfer, or during intercom calls.
ENHANCEMENT
Software version R3000 or higher is required to support Quick Transfer to Voice
Mail across K-CCIS.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals allow either operation.
Single line telephones may perform the Quick Transfer only during screened transfer
operations. They may not perform Quick Transfer after recall.
Required Components
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Quick Transfer Across K-CCIS:
To Quick Transfer a call while talking with an outside or internal party:
1.
Press TRF, and wait for an internal dial tone.
2.
Enter a station number, and wait for a ring back tone.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 108
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Dial the Quick Transfer Access Code (default: 7). The outside party is
transferred to the station user Voice Mail box.
4.
Hang up.
5.
The Voice Mail answers.
To Quick Transfer a call during a recall:
1.
Press the recalling line key.
2.
Press Feature and dial HF.
3.
Hang up.
4.
Voice Mail answers.
To leave a message using Quick Transfer to voice mail during an intercom call:
1.
Make the intercom call.
2.
Dial the Quick Transfer Access Code (default: G).
3.
Leave a voice mail message.
4.
Hang up.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
The Quick Transfer to Voice Mail feature is allowed when:
J
Listening to the ring back tone (RBT)
J
Listening to the call waiting tone (CWT)
J
In Handsfree Answerback Mode
J
In Voice Over Mode
This feature is allowed from a Single Line Telephone until the PBR times out
(default: 10 sec).
SLTs line telephones may perform the Quick Transfer only during screened
transfer operations.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 109

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
When Quick Transfer to Voice Mail is accessed, the Voice Over feature is
canceled.
While on an intercom (ICM) call, dial the Quick Transfer Access Code (default:
7) to automaticallytransfer to that station Voice Mail box.
Restrictions:
The Quick Transfer to Voice Mail is not allowed when caller is:
J
Listening to the busy tone (BT)
J
Talking on an internal line
J
Talking on an outside line
J
Making a conference call
J
Setting Automatic Callback
SLTs cannot not perform a Quick Transfer after recall.
Quick Transfer to Voice Mail can not be completed until ringback is provided
from the called party.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
J
Digital Voice Mail

Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-2-24
Intercom Feature Access
Use this Memmory Block
007
Refer to the Electra
Code Assignment
to assign the Access
Elite IPK
Code for Voice/Tone
Programming
Manual for all
change or Step Call.
options and default
settings.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 110
Features and Specifications

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature permits any Multiline Terminal user to dial another Multiline Terminal
directly through a K-CCIS network.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Normal call handling procedures apply.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
If the called station is off-hook and has Call Alert Notification disabled, the
originating station receives a busy tone. If the called station is idle, the called
station rings and the caller hears ringback tone.
If the called station is off-hook on a call and has Call Alert Notification enabled,
the originating station receives ringback tone and the called station receives call
alert tone.
Station-to-Station Calling between tenants in the K-CCIS network is not
restricted.
The release process is First Party Release.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 112
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Restrictions:
The maximum number of digits per telephone number (not including the office
code) is four.
The same telephone numbers cannot be duplicated in the same system.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Call Transfer - All Calls - K-CCIS
Calling Name Display - K-CCIS
Calling Number Display - K-CCIS
Dual Hold - K-CCIS
Elapsed Time Display - K-CCIS
Flexible Numbering of Stations - K-CCIS
Hands-Free Answerback - K-CCIS
Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS)
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 113

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Uniform Numbering Plan - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
In a K-CCIS network, a Uniform Numbering Plan enables a Multiline Terminal user to
call any other Multiline Terminal in the network. Two types of numbering plans are
provided. In the first plan, the station user dials any telephone number from two to
four digits. The location of the office is identified by the first digit or first two digits of
the telephone number. In the second plan, the station user dials a one-, two- or
three-digit office code and a telephone number from two to four digits.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To call a station at another office using Numbering Plan 1 (Closed Numbering Plan):
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
To call a station at another office using Numbering Plan 1 (Open Numbering Plan):
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial the trunk Access Code (normallyH).
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 115

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Dial the Office Code number.
4.
Dial the remote K-CCIS station number.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
In a closed numbering plan, the location of the office can be identified by the first
digit or first two digits of the telephone number.
In an open numbering plan, each office in the K-CCIS network is assigned a
one-, two- or three-digit office code and each station in the office is assigned
telephone numbers from two to four digits.
Within the same office, a station-to-station call is made by dialing the telephone
number of the desired station.
Restrictions:
In both numbering plans, all the telephone numbers must be the same number
of digits in length.
For a Closed Numbering Plan network, a maximum of 16 Numbering Blocks are
available allowing a maximum of 17 connected systems per K-CCIS Network.
When a Closed Numbering plan is used the extensions in the network cannot
have the same prefix number.
For an Open Numbering Plan network, the Automatic Route Selection (ARS)
feature, tables 1, 2 or 3 must be used to place Station-to-Station calls over
K-CCIS.
When an Open Numbering plan is used the extensions in the network can have
the same prefix number, however the office location number cannot be the
same.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 116
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Call Transfer All Calls - K-CCIS
Flexible Numbering of Stations - K-CCIS
Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS)
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
Refer to Chapter 3 System Data Programming.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 117

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Voice Call - K -CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature provides a voice path, through the K-CCIS network, between a Dterm in
one office and a Dterm in another office. This path is established from the calling party
to the called party's built-in speaker. If the called party's "MIC" is on, the called party
can converse hands-free.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Multiline Terminals
Required Components:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
From a Dterm to another Dterm:
1.
The originating Dterm user dials the desired station number in a different office
and receives ring back tone.
2.
Calling party presses theAkey. A signal tone is transmitted over the K-CCIS
network to the called party's speaker.
A
3.
The called party presses "MIC" key, or presses
and dials A (if the MIC
LED is not on) to allow two-way conversation with the calling party.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 118
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
The Electra Elite IPK can assign a Feature Access/One Touch Button as a
Voice Call key. This performs the same operation as pressingA.
Any station in the same system can use Directed Call Pick Up to retrieve the
Voice Call over K-CCIS.
When a Voice Call is sent to a station that is unable to receive voice
announcement, RST is displayed on the originator's display.
During Voice Call, the ICM Key is flashing (Red).
Restrictions:
The calling party must wait for at least one ring back before Voice Call is
attempted.
Once the calling party changes ring back to Voice Call, it cannot be changed
back to tone again.
Voice Call cannot be set as the initial call across K-CCIS.
Group Call Pick Up is not allowed to retrieve voice calls over K-CCIS.
Single Line terminals can be used to originate a Voice Call Over K-CCIS.
However, they are not allowed to receive a voice call.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Station-to-Station Calling - K-CCIS
Handsfree Answerback - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 119

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Voice Mail Integration - K-CCIS
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This feature allows any station user in the K-CCIS network to use the Voice Mail
System (VMS) in another office in the K-CCIS network.
For more details, refer to the Electra Elite IPK Features and Specifications Manual.
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
Terminal Type:
All Stations
REQUIRED COMPONENTS:
DTI-U30 ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU (Refer to Table 4-2 K-CCIS Feature Compatibility on page 4-4.)
CLKG-U( ) Unit (Phase Lock Oscillator)
- OR -
IAD(8)-U10 with "IP CCH Card" or "IP CCH for NEAX" application loaded
OPERATING PROCEDURES
To access voice mail from a Multiline Telephone in the Main system:
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial extension number for voice mail.
3.
When voice mail answers use softkeys to navigate.
- OR -
4.
Wait for softkeys to time out and listen to voice prompts to navigate.
5.
When finished hang up.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 121

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
To access voice mail from a Multiline Telephone in the Remote system:
E
1.
Lift the handset or press
.
2.
Dial extension number for voice mail.
3.
When voice mail answers listen to voice prompts to navigate.
4.
When finished hang up.
To program a One-Touch/Feature Access key for easy message access:
A
1.
Press
.
B
2.
Press
.
3.
Press One-Touch/Feature Access key.
4.
Dial A, followed by Voice Mail extension number.
A
5.
Press
.
SERVICE CONDITIONS
General:
Any station or Call Arrival (CAR) key can be set for Call Forwarding Busy/No
Answer to voice mail.
The following features are supported for voice mail users in remote systems:
J
Message Waiting Indication
J
Automated Attendant
J
Auto Login
J
Call Forward Busy/No Answer to voice mail
J
Call Forward All to voice mail
It is recommended a voice mail with at least 8 ports be used in any K-CCIS
system with a shared voice mail.
In the voice mail, only release transfer type is supported for mail boxes of
stations in Remote systems.
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 122
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Restrictions:
In a KTS to KTS Network, only digital voice mails are supported for K-CCIS.
In a KTS to KTS network, Centralized Voice Mail is only supported via closed
numbering plan.
In a PBX to KTS network, Centralized Voice Mail is only supported via closed
numbering plan.
In a PBX to KTS network, Centralized Voice Mail is supported using the PBX's
voice mail.
Single Line devices (such as Single Line Telephone ports, SLT Adapters,
cannot be used to transfer a Trunk call across the K-CCIS Network to another
station or Voice Mail (R1700/S8700 or lower only).
Single Line Telephone (SLTs) connected to the AP(A)-R Unit/AP(R)-R Unit or
APA-U Unit/APR-U Unit cannot be used to transfer a Trunk call across the
K-CCIS Network to another station or Voice Mail.
When a call is forwarded to voice mail by multiple call forwarding, the message
is left in the mailbox of the first forwarded station.
Call Forward Off-Premise must be allowed in Class of Service (Station)
Feature Selection to set call forwarding to main K-CCIS voice mail.
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer must be allowed in Memory Block 3-04 (Trunk-to-Trunk
Transfer Yes/No Selection).
A remote system can only have Message Waiting LED on Line key for
extensions in the remote system. Remote system users cannot press a flashing
Line key to be routed to voice mail and a message box of an extension on
Message Waiting LED on the Line key.
The following features are not supported for voice mail users in remote
systems:
J
Live Record
J
Live Monitoring
J
Caller ID Display
J
Softkeys
J
Await Answer transfer from voice mail
J
Call Screening
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 123

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
J
Call Holding
J
Constant Message Count Indication
J
Quick Transfer to voice mail
J
E
Call Back to VM (
+ L)
J
Live Transfer (Caller ID Return Call)
The Dial Access Code for Single Line Telephone Hookflash is supported for
trunk calls into the main system only.
The voice mail must be installed in the PBX (NEAX system) when 5-, 6-, or 7-
digit station numbers are used.
Refer to the Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS) feature for more
details related to Single Line Telephone or PSII support and IP (K-CCIS) support.
RELATED FEATURE LIST
Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS)
Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls - K-CCIS
Multiple Call Forwarding Busy/No Answer - K-CCIS
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 124
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
GUIDE TO FEATURE PROGRAMMING
This guide provides a list of associated Memory Blocks that support this feature.
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
7-1
Card Interface Slot
Assign appropriate voice
Page 3
Only assign in the
Assignment
mail board for cabinet and
LK 3 = VMS 4
main system.
slot(s).
LK4 = VMS 8
7-2
Telephone Type
Assign appropriate station
LK1 = NON
Only assign in the
Assignment
port(s) as Digital VM.
LK2 = TEL
main system.
LK3 = Console
LK4 = SLT ADP
LK5 = Not Used
LK6 = Not Used
LK7 = Digital VM
LK8 = MSG Board
4-10
Station Number
Select the ports to be
Enter the Station No.
Assignment
assigned.
2-digit (10~89)
3-digit (100~899)
4-digit (1000~8999)
Default = 100~399
4-14
Intercom Master Hunt
Select the ports to be
LK1 = No
Only assign in the
Number Selection
assigned.
LK2 = Yes
main system.
= Default
4-15
Intercom Master Hunt
Select the ports to be
Enter the Station No.
Only assign in the
Number Forward
assigned.
2-digit (10~89)
main system.
Assignment
3-digit (100~899)
4-digit (1000~8999)
Default = Not Assigned
1-8-26
Voice Mail Quick Transfer
Assign the Voice Mail
Enter the station
Assign in all
Master Hunt Number
Master Hunt number.
number.
systems.
Default = Not Assigned
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 125

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46
Access Code (1-, 2-, 3-
Assign Access Code for
Dial No./Function No.
Assign in all
1-1-47
Digit) Assignment
related functions.
X = 020
systems.
1-1-48
Call Forward No Answer
1-1-46
Set
X = 021
Call Forward No Answer
Cancel
X = 022
Call Forward Busy Set
X = 023
Call Forward Busy
Cancel
43 = 024
Call Forward Busy/No
Answer Set
44 = 025
Call Forward Busy/No
Answer Cancel
= Default
41 = 030
Assign in all
Call Forward All Call Set
systems.
42 = 032
Call Forward All Calls/
DND Cancel
X = 033
Call Forward All Call Set
from Destination
X = 034
Call Forward All Call
Cancel from Destination
Call Forward
45 = 140
Call Forward Busy/No
Answer Set for (CAR) Key
46 = 141
Call Forward Busy/No
Answer Cancel for (CAR)
Key
47 = 142
Call Forward All Call Set
for (CAR) Key
48 - 143
Call Forward All Call
Cancel for (CAR) key
= Default
6# = 027
SLT Hookflash/DVM
SLT Hookflash/DVM
Hookflash is only
Hookflash
supported in the
main system.
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 126
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-2-24
Intercom Feature Access
Assign the Access Code
Dial No./Function No.
Only assign in the
Code Assignment
for Quick Transfer to Voice
7 = 007
main system.
Mail.
Quick Transfer to Voice
Mail
= Default
1-8-07
Class of Service
Call Forward All Call
Page 2, LK2
Assign in all
(Attendant) Feature
(Set/Reset) from
On = Allow
systems.
Selection 1
Destination Station
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
System-Wide Reset of
Page 2, LK3
Call Forwarding All Call
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 127

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-8-08
Class of Service (Station)
Call Forward All Calls/
Page 1, LK1
Assign in all
Feature Selection 2
DND, or Break Mode
On = Allow
systems.
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
Call Forward Busy/No
Page 2, LK5
Answer Set
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
Station Trunk-to-Trunk
Page 3, LK5
Transfer
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
ANI/Caller ID
Page 4, LK3
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
ANI/Caller ID Number/
Page 4, LK4
Name Selection
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
ANI/Caller ID Display
Page 5, LK7
Selection
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
Set Call Forward
Page 5, LK4
Off-Premise
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default for class 00
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 128
Features and Specifications

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
4-17
Station to Class of Service
Select stations and class
Assign the appropriate
Assign in all
Feature Assignment
type - Selection 1 or 2.
class.
systems.
4-12
Line Key Selection for
Select stations and Line
Page 1
Assign in all
Telephone Mode
key to be assigned.
LK1 = NON
systems.
LK2 = CO (01~64)
LK3 = FW BNA
LK4 = FW ALL
LK5 = CAP Key
LK6 = FA Key
LK7 = TG (01~32)
LK8 = Route Adv.
Page 2
LK1 = SIE
LK2 = Microphone
LK3 = Headset
LK4 = Scroll (CID)
LK5 = DND
LK6 = Log On/Off
LK7 = BGM
LK8 = ICM
3-04
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
Allow for CO/PBX lines to
LK1 = No
Assign in all
Yes/No Selection
be assigned.
LK2 = Yes
systems.
= Default all Trunks
3-42
DIT Assignment
Select CO/PBX lines to be
Enter Station No.
Only assign in main
assigned.
2-digit = (10~89)
system.
3-digit = (100~899)
4-digit = (1000~8999)
Default = Not Assigned
3-43
ANA Assignment
Select the CO/PBX line to
Enter Station No.
Only assign in main
be assigned.
2-digit = (10~89)
system.
3-digit = (100~899)
4-digit = (1000~8999)
Default = Not Assigned
3-45
Live Record Trunk
Select the lines to be
LK1 = No
Only assign in main
Selection
assigned.
LK2 = Yes
system.
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
4 - 129

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
4-46
Live Record Auto Delete
Select the ports to be
LK1 = Yes
Only assign in main
Selection
assigned.
LK2 = No
system.
= Default
1-6-05
Attendant Add-On
Assign Voice Mail
Page 3
Only assign in main
Console Key Selection
functions to the DSS
LK1 = VM Live Record
system.
Console.
LK2 = VM Mail Box
1-1-02
Hookflash Time Selection
Select timeout.
Page 1
Only assign in main
LK1 = 20 msec
system.
LK2 = 40 msec
LK3 = 60 msec
LK4 = 80 msec
LK5 = 100 msec
LK6 = 140 msec
LK7 = 160 msec
LK8 = 200 msec
Page 2
LK1 = 400 msec
LK2 = 600 msec
LK3 = 800 msec
LK4 = 1 sec
LK5 = 1.5 sec
LK6 = 2 sec
LK7 = 3 sec
LK8 = 5 sec
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
4 - 130
Features and Specifications

Chapter 5
IP (K-CCIS)

IP (K-CCIS)
Chapter 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
This chapter describes the system outline, hardware installation, and programming
procedures for providing IP (K-CCIS) to the Electra Elite IPK system.
SECTION 1
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1.1
General Description
The system uses the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU to connect multiple systems together
over a Data Communication IP Network (Intranet). Key-Common Channel
Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS) is used to provide telephony services between
the Electra Elite IPK and another Electra Elite IPK on the opposite side.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 1

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
The illustration below shows a system outline of K-CCIS Networking via IP.

IAD(8)-U( )
IAD(8)-U( )
Router
Router
IAD(8)-U( )
IAD(8)-U( )
Router
Router
Figure 5-1 K-CCIS System Networking with IP
1.2
Point-to-Multipoint Connection
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU allows a point-to-multipoint connection. A point-to-
multipoint connection is a connection type which designates Multiple
Destination IP Addresses for each IAD(8)-U( ) ETU as shown below.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 2
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
One IAD ETU can be connected to multiple opposite offices in point-to-
multipoint connection.

IAD(8)-U( )
IAD(8)-U( )
Router
Router
IAD(8)-U( )
Router
Figure 5-2 IAD(8)-U( ) Card in a Point-to-Multipoint Connection
SECTION 2
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU SPECIFICATIONS
2.1
Description
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is an optional interface for the Electra Elite IPK KSU that
is used as an integration device. The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU will support two IP
Applications (IP CCH Card Application or Megaco Station Application). The
application to run on IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is chosen at the time of installation.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 3

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________

Figure 5-3 IAD(8)-U( ) Card
2.2
Installation
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU can be installed in any KSU slot (1~8) of any KSU (1~3).
Note: The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU will not boot up until the following memory blocks are assigned.
Application
Memory Block
Setting
7-1 (Card Interface Slot
Page 6, LK 2: DTI8
Assignment)
IP CCH Card
1-11-05 (T1 Channel Selection)
Page 1, LKs 1~4: ON
or
Page 1, LKs 1~8: ON
IP Station
7-1 (Card Interface Slot
Page 2, LK 1: ESI 8
(MEGACO)
Assignment)
Note: Refer to the Electra Elite IPK Programming Manual for programming details.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 4
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.2.1
Hot Swap
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU can be removed from the KSU without
powering down the IAD(8)-U( ) Card.
2.2.2
Connectors
The IAD (8)-U10 has six connectors:
Ë
P1 connects to the Backboard
Ë
J5, J6 - RJ-45 connects to the Ethernet
Ë
J5 (Reserved for future use)
Ë
J6 Default Ethernet connection
Ë
J10/J13/J1 (Reserved for future use)
2.2.3
Switch Settings
Ë
S1 Push Button Switch
N S1 Resets the ETU
Ë
S2 DIP Switch Settings
Table 5-1 S2 DIP Switch Settings at Installation
Reserved
Mode Operation
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
DTI(8
)-U( ) ETU
Note 1: DIP Switches 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 (Reserved)
These are reserved for future use.
Note 2: Dip Switches 6, 7, and 8 (Mode of Operation)
These dip switches determine the mode of operation supported by the IAD(8)-U( )
ETU.
2.2.4
LEDs
LIVE LED (D12)
The LIVE LED flashes red when ETU is receiving power from KSU.
Ethernet Status
There are two built-in LEDs on the front of each RJ-45 connector to
indicate Ethernet connection status. These LEDs indicate data
transmission and reception (Transmit and Receive LED).
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 5

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________

These LEDs indicate activity on the Ethernet but do not indicate link
status. So, none of the LEDs may be on even when you have a good
connection to the HUB until some activity is directed towards the
IAD(8)-U( ) card.
Channel Status LED (CH1~CH8)
These LEDs indicate the status of the associated channel or trunk.
IAD(8)-U( ) LED Boot Sequence Indications
The following tables show the LED Boot Sequence Indications. The
first table is without the functional firmware loaded and the second is
with the functional firmware loaded.
IAD(8)-U( ) LED Boot Sequence Indications
Factory Default (Without Installed Package)
D8
D6
D4
D2
D7
D5
D3
D1
D12
Approximate
State
CH1
CH 2
CH 3
CH 4
CH 5
CH 6
CH 7
CH 8
LIVE
Time
1
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
1 second
(from Cold Boot)
2
ON
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
3
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
4
Off
Off
Off
Off
ON
ON
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
5
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
ON
ON
Flash
5 seconds
IAD(8)-U( ) LED Boot Sequence Indications
After Installing an Application Package (Like IP CCH Package)
D8
D6
D4
D2
D7
D5
D3
D1
D12
Approximate
State
CH1
CH 2
CH 3
CH 4
CH 5
CH 6
CH 7
CH 8
LIVE
Time
1 second
1
ON
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
(from Cold
Boot)
2
Off
Off
Off
Off
ON
ON
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
3
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
4
ON
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
5
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
6
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
7
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
8
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Flash
5 seconds
Functional
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 6
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.2.5
Environmental Conditions
The following environmental conditions apply for IAD(8)-U( ) ETU
operation:
Ë
Operating Temperature: +32 to 104°F (0° to 40°C)
Ë
Operating Humidity: 10% to 90% (non-condensing)
SECTION 3
KSU PROGRAMMING
3.1
Hardware Assignment
For this feature, the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is installed and assigned as a DTI8. Each
IAD(8)-U10 EYU reduces the maximum capacity of DTI-U( ) ETUs and trunks
in the system.
3.2
Guide to Feature Programming
The following memory blocks are used when installing the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU for
IP (K-CCIS).
3.2.1
Digital Trunk Data Assignment
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
7-1
Card Interface Slot
Select the following:
Page 6
Assign as DTI8.
(Required)
Assignment
Cabinet Number (1~3)
LK 2: DTI8
Lower Slot (01~08)
Setting Data to be
assigned.
1-11-00
T1 Signal Format
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
Selection
LK 1: 12 (SF)
LK 2: 24 (ESF)
= Default
1-11-01
Clear Channel Selection
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
LK 1:ZCS
LK 2: B8ZS
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 7

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-11-02
Line Length Selection
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
LK 1: 1 (0 ~ 131)
LK 2: 2 (132 ~ 262)
LK 3: 3 (263 ~ 393)
LK 4: 4 (394 ~ 524)
LK 5: 5 (525 ~ 655)
= Default
1-11-05
T1 Channel Selection
Select DTI number (1~8)
Page 1
Assign first 4 or first
(Required)
then use line keys to
LK 1: Channel 1
8 channels.
assign data.
LK 2: Channel 2
LK 3: Channel 3
LK 4: Channel 4
LK 5: Channel 5
LK 6: Channel 6
LK 7: Channel 7
LK 8: Channel 8
Default = All
Channels Not
Assigned.
1-11-06
Signaling Selection
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
LK 1: Loop Start
LK 2: Ground Start
= Default
1-11-07
DTI Trunk Type
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Assign as E&M.
(Required)
Assignment
LK 1: CO
LK 2: E&M
LK 3: DID
LK 4: ANI
= Default
3-03
Trunk-to-Trunk Group
Select CO ports (01~ 64)
Enter Trunk Group
Recommend to start
(Required)
Assignment
to be assigned.
(00, 01 ~ 32)
with Trunk Group 10
or higher for IP
00 = Not set
(K-CCIS) Channels.
01 ~ 32 = Trunk
Group
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 8
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
3-14
Tie Line Type Assignment
Select CO ports (01~64)
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
to be assigned.
LK 1: 2nd Dial
LK 2: Immediate
LK 3: Delay
LK 4: Wink
= Default
3-91
Trunk Type Selection
Select CO ports (01~64)
Select Data:
Assign as TIE.
to be assigned.
LK 1: CO
LK 2: PBX (or CTX)
LK 3: TIE
LK 4: DID
= Default
5-06
Trunk Group Outgoing
Enter Trunk Group
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
Priority Selection
number (01~32).
LK 1: High to Low
LK 2: Low to High
= Default
Need to update
3.2.2
CCH Assignment
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-11-03
IP K-CCIS Selection
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Assign for Yes.
(Required)
LK 1: No
LK 2: Yes
R1500 or higher
= Default
1-15-05
Destination Point Code
Select Table (001~255).
Enter Point Code
Assign as required.
Transfer Assignment
(00001~16367)
R1500 or higher for
Enter CCH Channel
assigning CCH
(1~4, i)
Channel i
1-15-06
Originating Office Code
Enter Office Code if an
Enter 0~9999
Assign as required.
Number Assignment
Open Numbering Plan is
used.
Default = Not
The Trunk Group
Specified
Access Code should
be included.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 9

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-15-07
K-CCIS Message
Enter timeout.
Enter 00~99
Assign as required.
Response Timeout
00 = 8 (Infinity)
Assignment
01~99 Seconds are
valid times
Default = 30 seconds
1-15-08
Link Reconnect Allow/
Select if Link Reconnect is
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
Deny Selection
provided.
LK 1 = Deny
LK 2 = Allow
= Default
1-15-09
K-CCIS Maximum Call
Select if Link Reconnect is
Enter -~7
Assign as required.
Forwarding Hop
provided.
Assignment
Default = 5
1-15-11
Centralized Billing Allow/
Select the CCH Channel
Select Data:
Assign as required.
Deny Selection
(1~4).
LK 1 = Deny
LK 2 = Allow
= Default
1-15-12
Centralized Billing Point
Select the CCH Channel
Enter the Center
Assign as required.
Code of Center Office
(1~4).
Office Point Code
Assignments
(00001~16367)
Default = Blank
1-15-13
Centralized Day/Night
Select if Centralized
Select Data:
Assign as required.
Switching for Remote
Day/Night Switching for
LK 1 = Deny
Office Assignment
Remote Office is provided.
LK 2 = Allow
= Default
1-15-14
Centralized Day/Night
Select Table (01~16).
Enter Point Code
Assign as required.
Switching for Main Office
(00001~16367)
Assignment
R1500 or higher for
Enter CCH Channel
assigning CCH
(1~4, i).
Channel i
1-15-15
Centralized BLF Send
Select Table (1~8).
Enter Point Code
Assign as required.
Point Code Assignment
(00001~16367).
R1500 or higher
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 10
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-15-16
Centralized BLF Send
Select Table Number
Select Data:
Assign as required.
Extension Number
(001~120) and Enter
LK 1: Send Group 1
Assignment
Extension Number.
LK 2: Send Group 2
R1500 or higher
LK 3: Send Group 3
LK 4: Send Group 4
LK 5: Send Group 5
LK 6: Send Group 6
LK 7: Send Group 7
LK 8: Send Group 8
1-15-17
Centralized BLF Send
Select timeout.
LK 1: 4 Second
Assign as required.
Time Assignment
Lk 2: 8 Second
LK 3: 12 Second
R1500 or higher
LK 4: 16 Second
= Default
1-15-18
Centralized BLF receive
Select Table Number
Enter Extension
Assign as required.
Extension Number
(001~120).
Number
Assignment
3-digit (100~899)
R1500 or higher
4-digit (1000~8999)
3.2.3
Local Numbering Plan Assignment
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-2-03
2-, 3-, or 4-Digit Station
Select the number of digits
LK 1: 2-Digit
Assign as required.
Number Selection
for station numbers.
LK 2: 3-Digit
LK 3: 4-Digit
= Default
1-1-46
Access Code (1-/2-/3-
Assign access code for
Dial No./Function#
Assign as required.
1-1-47
Digit) Assignment
related functions.
X = 001
Station Number
4-10
Station Number
Select Station ports
Enter Station No.
Assign as required.
Assignment
(01~C0) to be assigned.
2-digit (10~89),
3-digit (100~899),
4-digit (1000~8999).
Default = 100~399
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 11

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.4
Closed Numbering Plan - Using Closed Number Blocks
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46
Access Code (1-/2-/3-
Assign access code for
Dial No./Function#
Assign as required.
1-1-47
Digit) Assignment
related functions.
X = 401
(Required)
Closed number
Block 01
x = 416
Closed Number
Block 16
1-1-49
Networking Trunk Group/
Enter Closed Number
Enter Function No.
Assign as required.
(Required)
Route Advance
Block (01~16).
101~132 or
Assignment
201~232
101~132 = Trunk
Group 01~32
201~216 = Route
Advance Block 01~32
Default = Not
Specified
1-1-50
CO/PBX Outgoing Digit
Enter Closed Number
Enter digits to add
Assign as required.
(Required)
Add Assignment
Block (01~16).
Maximum 10 digits
3.2.5
Open Numbering Plan - Using ARS Tables 1, 2 or 3
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46
Access Code (1-/2-/3-
Assign access code for
Dial No./Function#
Assign as required.
1-1-47
Digit) Assignment
related functions.
X = 601
(Required)
ARS Table 1
X = 602
ARS Table 2
X = 603
ARS Table 3
1-14-01
ARS Dialing Assignment
Select the ARS Table
Enter up to 8 digits.
Assign as required.
(Required)
(1~4) and enter Dial
Number entry (01~128).
Default = Not
Assigned
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 12
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-14-02
ARS Dial Allow/Deny
Select the ARS Table
LK 1 = Yes (Allow)
Leave at Default.
Selection
(1~4) and enter Dial
LK 2 = No (Deny)
Number entry (01~128).
= Default
1-14-03
ARS Route Table Number
Select the ARS Table
Enter Route #:
Assign as required.
(Required)
Assignment
(1~4) and enter Dial
00, 01~32
Number entry (01~128).
Route 00 = Not used
Default = 00
1-14-04
ARS Trunk Group to Route
Select the ARS Route
LK 1: Normal
Assign as required.
(Required)
Number Assignment
(01~32).
LK 2: TG (02~32)
LK 5: RAB (01~16)
LK 6: ICM
= Default
1-14-05
ARS Digit Delete
Select the ARS Route
Enter number of digits
Leave at Default.
Assignment
(01~32).
to delete (00~10).
Default = 00
1-14-06
ARS Digit Add Assignment
Select the ARS Route
Enter up to ten digits
Assign as required.
(Required)
(01~32).
to add.
Default - 00
1-14-07
ARS Max Digit
Select the ARS Route
Enter Max digits
Assign as required.
(Required)
Assignment
(01~32).
(00~99)
Default = 24
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 13

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.6
Tandem Connections
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-4-00
Tandem Transfer
Enter timeout.
Enter 001~999
Assign as required.
Automatic Disconnect
(001~999 Minutes)
Time Selection
Default = 060 minutes
1-8-08
Class of Service (Station)
Station Trunk-to-Trunk
Page 3, LK 5
Assign as required.
(Required)
Feature Selection 2
Transfer
On = Allow
Off = Deny
= Default
3-04
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
Select CO ports
Select Data:
Assign as required.
(Required)
Yes/No Selection
(01~64) to be assigned.
LK 1: No
LK 2: Yes
= Default
4-17
Station to Class of Service
Select Station ports
Assign appropriate
Assign as required.
Feature Assignment
(01~C0) and class type
class (00~15).
(1 or 2) to be assigned.
See Programming
Manual for default
settings.
5-01
Tie Line Networking
Select Incoming Trunk
Select Data:
Assign as required.
Tandem Connection
Group (01~32) to be
Page 1
Assignment
assigned.
LK 1: Trunk Group 01
See Programming
LK 2: Trunk Group 02
Manual for default
LK 3: Trunk Group 03
settings.
LK 4: Trunk Group 04
LK 5: Trunk Group 05
LK 6: Trunk Group 06
LK 7: Trunk Group 07
LK 8: Trunk Group 08
5-04
LCR Class to Trunk Group
Select Trunk Group
Select Data:
Assign as required.
Selection
(01~32) to be assigned.
LK 1: 0 (Not Used)
LK 2: Class 1
LK 3: Class 2
LK 4: Class 3
LK 5: Class 4
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 14
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 4
LOADING IAD(8)-U( ) ETU PACKAGE
4.1
Description
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU provides the hardware platform for providing Voice Over
IP connectivity for the Electra Elite IPK system. By default, this card is shipped
from NEC with a "platform support" (factory default) firmware. A functional
firmware must be loaded as part of the installation to support the desired VoIP
functionality (for example, IP CCH card).
4.2
Loading Functional Firmware
1.
Insert the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU in to any interface slot in the KSU. Make sure
that all the switches in S2 are set to the ON position (factory default).
2.
Once the LEDs CH8 (D1) and CH7 (D3) are lit solid and the Status LED
(D12) is flashing red, connect your PC to the IAD(8)-U( ) Ethernet
connector (J6).
3.
Connect the PC and the IAD(8)-U( ) either via a crossover Ethernet
cable or to a small hub.
4.
Set your PC so that it is statically assigned an IP address of
192.168.1.99 with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0 to ensure it is in the
same network as the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU. The IAD(8)-U( ) card default IP
Address is: 192.168.1.100.
Note: The following screens are from a PC with Windows XP Professional. The
look may vary depending on the operating system used.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 15

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
a.
Go to Control Panel.

___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 16
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
b.
Double click on Network Connections.

___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 17

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
c.
Double click on Local Area Connection.

d.
Click on Properties.

___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 18
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
e.
Click on Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and then click on Properties.

___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 19

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
f.
Click on Use the following IP address and for the IP address,
enter 192.168.1.99. For the Subnet address, enter 255.255.255.0,
then click on OK.

___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 20
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
g.
Click on Close.

h.
Click on Close again.

___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 21

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
i.
Click on X to close the Network Connections window.

5.
Open Internet Explorer (Version 5 or higher) on the PC and point to
192.168.1.100 by typing this address in the navigation bar.
Note: The Internet Explorer must not use any Proxy settings.

___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 22
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.
Login using the following information:
Default Login ID = admin (lowercase)
Default Password = password (lowercase)
Then click Login.

7.
Click Browse and locate the applicable IP Application Package file
(e.g., IPCCH_ver100.pkg, etc.) then click Upload.
Note: This firmware is provided by NEC and must be stored on your local PC prior
to firmware upload.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 23

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
8.
When you see the following screen, you have successfully loaded your
application package.
9.
You can now remove the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU and configure the DIP switch
setting to the applicable mode of operation (Refer to Section 2
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Specifications on page 5-3 for complete hardware
information).
Table 5-2 S2 DIP Switch Settings When Loading Firmware
Reserved
Mode Operation
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
DTI(8)
-U( ) ETU
SECTION 5
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU WEB PROGRAMMING
5.1
Default Data
When installed for the first time, the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU, comes up with factory
set default parameters as shown in the table below.
Table 5-3 Default Parameters for the IAD(8)-U( )
Host Name
neciad
IP Address
192.168.1.100
Subnet Mask
255.255.255.0
Default Gateway
192.168.1.1
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 24
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
In this configuration, the ETU cannot run in any randomly given environment,
and its parameters must be redefined before the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU can work in
your environment.
Note: You can not run two IAD(8)-U( ) in the default settings on the same LAN at the same
time as their IP address conflict on the LAN.
5.2
Connection
1.
Boot up a PC with IP Address: 192.168.1.99, Subnet Mask:
255.255.255.0. and connect to the IAD(8)-U( ) either via a crossover
cable or a small hub. (Refer to 5.7 System on page 5-35 for complete
instructions if needed.)
2.
Once all LEDs (CH1~CH8) are OFF and the Status LED (D12) is
flashing red, connect your PC to the IAD(8)-U( ) Ethernet connector (J6).
3.
Connect to the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU via your web browser to the following
link: http://192.168.1.100.

The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU supports Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 and higher.

___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 25

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.
Login using the following information:
Default Login ID = admin (lowercase)
Default Password = password (lowercase), then click Login.

After logging in, the following configuration screens are available. Each screen
and its options are provided below.
Ë
Card
Ë
Port
Ë
Address
Ë
Tracing
Ë
System
Ë
Help
Ë
Logout
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 26
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.3
Card (Configuration)
This screen allows the user to configure IP settings and other parameters that commonly apply
to the operation of the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU (IP CCH card).
Host Name (Default value: neciad)
Enter the Computer Name for the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU. The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is displayed as a
computer on the IP network.
When naming the host machine, the host name may contain only alpha characters, numeric digits, and a
dash. (A space and/or special characters are not allowed in the host name field.)
IP Address (Default value: 192.168.1.100)
This is the static IP address that you need for the configuration. If used in a DHCP environment
where the IP address is automatically allocated by a DHCP server on the LAN, make sure that
the IP address is marked as RESERVED on the DHCP server.
Default Gateway (Default value: 192.168.1.1)
Enter the default gateway for the VoIP address in this field.
Subnet Mask: (Default value: 255.255.255.0)
Enter the Subnet Mask for the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU. This is the same one you have been using on
your subnet.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 27

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Starting RTP Port Number (Default value: 49150)
Use this field to specify the Real-time Transfer Protocol (RTP) port number to be used. NEC
recommends leaving this field at its default value, unless otherwise required by the network
administrator.
The IAD(8)-U( ) uses the port number set in this field to determine the UDP port on which the
voice packets are transmitted or received from the remote side IAD(8)-U( ).
Country: (Default value: North America)
Choose the country in which this card will be operating. When operating the card in the United
States and Canada choose North America.
Transmit/Receive Pad TX, RX (Default value: 0,0)
These fields are used for DTI operation and provide the attenuation applied to obtain adequate
voice levels for users. It is recommended not to alter this value unless during solving any issues
related to voice quality or echo.
Signaling TOS (Default value: C0)
IAD(8)-U( ) sets this value (in hex) in the one byte type of service (TOS) field of outgoing SIP
messaging UDP packets. Refer to IETF RFC791 and subsequent RFCs describing the usage of
the TOS field in the Internet. At the time of publication of this document, RFC1349 is the latest
RFC on this subject.
The value of this field must be calculated from the following definition based on RFC1349. Note
that the value is based on a bit map of three fields, namely PRECEDENCE, TOS, and a "Must Be
Zero" bit.

Precedence (bits 7, 6, 5)
TOS (bits 4, 3, 2, 1)
Must Be Zero (bit 0)
For a normal precedence with normal TOS, the resulting value is C0 hex.
For any reasonable effect of this field on the treatment in the IP network, all the routing elements (such as
routers) must be able to treat the selected TOS and precedence fields in a defined QoS. Accordingly, the
routers must be programmed to provide QoS based on TOS.
Media TOS (Default value: C0)
IAD(8)-U( ) sets this value (in hex) in the one byte type of service (TOS) field of outgoing voice
RTP packets. Refer to IETF RFC791 and subsequent RFCs describing the usage of the TOS
field in the Internet. (At the time of publication of this document, RFC1349 is the latest RFC on
this subject.)
The value of this field must be calculated from the following definition based on RFC1349. Note
that the value is based on a bit map of three fields, namely PRECEDENCE, TOS, and a "Must Be
Zero" bit.

Precedence (bits 7, 6, 5)
TOS (bits 4, 3, 2, 1)
Must Be Zero (bit 0)
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 28
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
For a normal precedence with normal TOS, the resulting value is C0 hex.
For any reasonable effect of this field on the treatment in the IP network, all the routing elements (such as
routers) must be able to treat the selected TOS and precedence fields in a defined QoS. Accordingly, the
routers must be programmed to provide QoS based on TOS.
Page Timeout (Default value: 10 Min.)
The page timeout feature allows the login to the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU to expire after the duration set
in this field. If set to none, the login never expires.
Echo Calibration (Default value: 0)
When a VoIP call is connected to a 2-wire loop start circuit, it has a potential to generate large
side tone towards the VoIP path. Due to the nature of delays involved in a VoIP communication
network, the side tone can be heard as large echo at the distant end. The IAD(8)-U( ) has a built
in echo canceller optimized for a standard loop start trunk. However, as the loop start trunk
characteristics vary depending on the distances from the repeater/CO, further fine-tuning may be
required for optimum echo performance.
The Echo Calibration parameter can be used to fine-tune the echo performance for a given trunk.
As a general rule of thumb, if the trunk is "hot", use the negative numbers. The hotter the trunk,
the larger negative number used should be.
DTMF Duration (Default value: 110ms/80ms)
Use this setting to specify the tone duration/interdigit time of dual-tone multifrequency (DTMF)
signals. This setting effects calls from remote systems that tandem out of the local system (i. e., if
a call is initiated at site B - across IP K-CCIS - and tandems out of site A, change this setting in
the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU in site A).
Ethernet Interface (Default value: Auto Negotiate)
The Ethernet Interface setting allows for manual configuration of the Ethernet port connection
mode. This can be set to operate in the following port speed and duplex mode: 10MB/Full
Duplex, 100MB/Half Duplex, and/or 100MB Full Duplex. At default, this will be set to Auto
Negotiate. When set to Auto Negotiate, the IAD card will sense the peer connection (wherever
the cable is connected to (e.g. Hub, Switch, or Router) hardware capabilities and negotiate the
best possible speed and operation mode.
When set to Auto Negotiate, make sure that the peer (the other side of the Ethernet cable) is
capable of Auto Negotiate (some Routers may not have this feature).
When set to a default other than Auto Negotiate, make sure that the peer is configured to
operate in the same manner. Speed and duplex mode must match on both sides of the
cable.
Submit and Reset the Card
After changing the IP Address, Default Gateway, and/or the Subnet Mask, you must click on the
Submit icon then go to the System screen and click Reset Card. A Forced Reset or Safe Reset
can be selected. (Refer to 5.7 System on page 5-35 for additional information.)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 29

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 30
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.4
Port (Configuration)
Using this screen, the Voice Over IP parameters can be set per channel (or port). The selections
in this screen apply to all incoming calls, in all modes of operation.
Port Number
This identifies the port or channel number.
Preference 1/2/3
Default value:
Preference 1 - G.711 u-law/20ms
Preference 2 - Not Assigned
Preference 3 - Not Assigned
Encoding Preferences
Select the preferred encoding protocol (codec) for outgoing calls.
Size (ms)
This defines the packet size. Select the preferred packet size for outgoing calls.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 31

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Jitter Depth (ms) (Default value: 100ms)
The jitter buffer value must be at least 10ms more than the largest packet size in your preference
selections. For better delay performance, the minimum allowed value is recommended.
Use all available codecs for incoming calls (Default value: Used)
When this option is used, any of the following codecs is accepted in the following order for
incoming calls;
Ë
First Preference: G.711 u-law/20ms,
Ë
Second Preference: G.711 a-law/20ms,
Ë
Third Preference: G.723.1/30ms,
Ë
Fourth Preference: G.729/20ms
When this option is not used, only the codecs assigned in Preference 1/2/3 are accepted for
incoming calls in that order of preference.
5.5
Address (Configuration)
This table defines the destination of an outgoing call using the IP CCH card. When the first dialed
digits on an outgoing call match any number in the Dialed Number column, the call is routed to
the applicable IP Address. You can add the digit and IP address pairs by clicking on the Add
hyperlink.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 32
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
In the example below, calls that match the first three digits "2XX" are routed to a destination at
192.168.1.02. Calls that match the first three digits "3XX" are routed to a destination at
192.168.1.03.

Up to 256 entries are allowed into this table.
Dialed Number
Enter the first few digits of the dialed number for both incoming and outgoing calls from and to the
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Address
Enter the IP address assigned to each individual IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Pt Code (Valid Point Code: 00001~16383)
Point codes uniquely identify a KTS system within a network. Enter in this field, the point code
assigned for each of the IAD(8)-U( ) card in the whole network, including the IAD card being
configured.
Trunk # (Valid Trunk No. 1~64)
Assign the first trunk number of the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU from Memory Block 7-1 (Card Interface Slot
Assignment). This must be entered for all the IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs in the IP K-CCIS network.
4-Port
This option is used when the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU card is installed as a 4-port DTI card (DTI4). If the
card is installed as an 8-port DTI (DTI8), do not check this box.
Comment
This field is used for entering remarks and has no effect on the operation of the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Edit
This allows the following entries to be modified;
Ë
Trunk #
Ë
Pt Code
Ë
4-Port Yes/No
Ë
Comment
Add/Delete
This is used to add an entry or delete an entry.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 33

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Note 1: It is very important to include ALL the IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs in the network in this table.
Note 2: When the system contains more than one IAD(8)-U( ) ETU , all ETUs must have the same
point code, though their IP addresses and dialing numbers may be different.
Note 3: The point codes in this table are used in conjunction with the point codes that are programmed
for K-CCIS features in the Electra Elite IPK system.
5.6
Tracing
This page is used for analyzing any communication errors, and is intended for use by any
technical support personnel. Keep all the check boxes unchecked during normal operation
unless otherwise specifically required.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 34
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.7
System
This page provides information about the Firmware Revision and Card Type, plus additional
Administrator Functions.
Reset Card
Reboot is necessary when changing the operating modes and network participation parameters
(such as IP Address, Gateway Address, TOS field, etc.).
Safe Reset occurs when Safe Reset is selected. The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU resets only when there are no calls in
progress.
Upload
The software package on the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU can be upgraded via the web browser. Use this
link either to upgrade the IP CCH card package or to load any other available package.
Reset Password
Reset Password enables the admin user to change the current password. You can not change
the user name from admin.
Save System
Save System saves the IP CCH card configuration file to a hard drive or floppy disk on the local
programming PC.
WARNING: When saving the IP CCH card database, do not change the .iad file extension.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 35

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Restore System
This restores previously saved IP CCH card configuration files (saved from Save System link).
5.8
Help
This page provides Help information available while Logged-In.
5.9
Logout
This disconnects (Logout) from the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
SEC
TION 6
PROGRAMMING EXAMPLE
6.1
KSU Programming Assignments
The following provides an example of Memory Blocks and IAD(8)-U( ) ETU assignments that are
programmed for a 4-digit Closed Numbering Plan using Closed Number Blocks.
For this example the following system configuration are used (all four systems are configured the
same).
H
Each system is a single-cabinet Elite IPK Expanded port package (one B64-U20 KSU).
H
Each system has 16 multiline telephones.
H
Each system has 8 analog trunks.
It is assumed that the systems were defaulted (first power on) with the following ETUs installed.
Table 5-4 Card Interface Slot Assignment (Memory Block 7-1)
Slot
Card Type
Ports
1
ESI(8)-U( )
Station 1 ~ 8
2
ESI(8)-U( )
Station 9 ~ 16
4
COI(8)-U( )
Trunks 1 ~ 8
5
None
N/A
6
None
N/A
7
None
N/A
8
None
N/A
0A
MIFM-U( )
N/A

The IAD(8)U( ) ETU is installed in Slot 8 of each system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 36
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
IPK
IPK
System A
System B
(1000)
(1100)
IP NETWORK
(INTRANET)
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
IPK
IPK
System C
System D
(1200)
(1300)
Figure 5-4 Network Example
6.1.1
Digital Trunk Assignments
System A
System B
System C
System D
M.B. 7-1
M.B. 7-1
M.B. 7-1
M.B. 7-1
1. Select Cabinet 1, Slot 8
1. Select Cabinet 1, Slot 8
1. Select Cabinet 1, Slot 8
1. Select Cabinet 1, Slot 8
2. Assign Page 6, LK 2
2. Assign Page 6, LK 2
2. Assign Page 6, LK 2
2. Assign Page 6, LK 2
(DTI8)
(DTI8)
(DTI8)
(DTI8)
M. B. 1-11-05
M. B. 1-11-05
M. B. 1-11-05
M. B. 1-11-05
1. Select DTI No. 1
1. Select DTI No. 1
1. Select DTI No. 1
1. Select DTI No. 1
2. Page 1, LK 1~8 = On
2. Page 1, LK 1~8 = On
2. Page 1, LK 1~8 = On
2. Page 1, LK 1~8 = On
M. B. 1-11-07
M. B. 1-11-07
M. B. 1-11-07
M. B. 1-11-07
1. Select DTI No. 1,
1. Select DTI No. 1,
1. Select DTI No. 1,
1. Select DTI No. 1,
blocks 1 and 2
blocks 1 and 2
blocks 1 and 2
blocks 1 and 2
2. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
2. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
2. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
2. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
M. B. 3-03
M. B. 3-03
M. B. 3-03
M. B. 3-03
1. Trunks 9~16
1. Trunks 9~16
1. Trunks 9~16
1. Trunks 9~16
2. Assign Trunk Group 15
2. Assign Trunk Group 15
2. Assign Trunk Group 15
2. Assign Trunk Group 15
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 37

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.1.2
For CCH Assignment
System A
System B
System C
System D
M. B. 1-11-03
M. B. 1-11-03
M. B. 1-11-03
M. B. 1-11-03
1. Select DTI number 1
1. Select DTI number 1
1. Select DTI number 1
1. Select DTI number 1
2. Assign LK 2 (Yes)
2. Assign LK 2 (Yes)
2. Assign LK 2 (Yes)
2. Assign LK 2 (Yes)
6.1.3
CCH Assignment (Optional - if required)
Centralized Day/Night Switching Assignments
System A
System B
System C
System D
M. B. 1-15-13
M. B. 1-15-13
M. B. 1-15-13
M. B. 1-15-13
Select Data:
Select Data:
Select Data:
Select Data:
LK 1 = Deny
LK 1 = Deny
LK 1 = Deny
LK 1 = Deny
LK 2 = Allow
LK 2 = Allow
LK 2 = Allow
LK 2 = Allow
= Default
= Default
= Default
= Default
M. B. 1-15-14
M. B. 1-15-14
M. B. 1-15-14
M. B. 1-15-14
1. Select Table 01~16
1. Select Table 01~16
1. Select Table 01~16
1. Select Table 01~16
2. Enter Point Code
2. Enter Point Code
2. Enter Point Code
2. Enter Point Code
(00001~16367)
(00001~16367)
(00001~16367)
(00001~16367)
3. Enter CCH Channel 1~4
3. Enter CCH Channel 1~4
3. Enter CCH Channel 1~4
3. Enter CCH Channel 1~4
or i
or i
or i
or i
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 38
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Centralized BLF Assignments
System A
System B
System C
System D
M. B. 1-15-15
M. B. 1-15-15
M. B. 1-15-15
M. B. 1-15-15
1. Select Table 1~8
1. Select Table 1~8
1. Select Table 1~8
1. Select Table 1~8
2. Enter Point Code
2. Enter Point Code
2. Enter Point Code
2. Enter Point Code
(00001~16367)
(00001~16367)
(00001~16367)
(00001~16367)
M. B. 1-15-16
M. B. 1-15-16
M. B. 1-15-16
M. B. 1-15-16
1. Select Table 001~120
1. Select Table 001~120
1. Select Table 001~120
1. Select Table 001~120
2. Enter Extension Number
2. Enter Extension Number
2. Enter Extension Number
2. Enter Extension Number
Select Data:
Select Data:
Select Data:
Select Data:
LK 1: Send Group 1
LK 1: Send Group 1
LK 1: Send Group 1
LK 1: Send Group 1
LK 2: Send Group 2
LK 2: Send Group 2
LK 2: Send Group 2
LK 2: Send Group 2
LK 3: Send Group 3
LK 3: Send Group 3
LK 3: Send Group 3
LK 3: Send Group 3
LK 4: Send Group 4
LK 4: Send Group 4
LK 4: Send Group 4
LK 4: Send Group 4
LK 5: Send Group 5
LK 5: Send Group 5
LK 5: Send Group 5
LK 5: Send Group 5
LK 6: Send Group 6
LK 6: Send Group 6
LK 6: Send Group 6
LK 6: Send Group 6
LK 7: Send Group 7
LK 7: Send Group 7
LK 7: Send Group 7
LK 7: Send Group 7
LK 8: Send Group 8
LK 8: Send Group 8
LK 8: Send Group 8
LK 8: Send Group 8
M. B. 1-15-17
M. B. 1-15-17
M. B. 1-15-17
M. B. 1-15-17
Select Data:
Select Data:
Select Data:
Select Data:
LK 1: 4 Second
LK 1: 4 Second
LK 1: 4 Second
LK 1: 4 Second
LK 2: 8 Second
LK 2: 8 Second
LK 2: 8 Second
LK 2: 8 Second
LK 3: 12 Second
LK 3: 12 Second
LK 3: 12 Second
LK 3: 12 Second
LK 4: 16 Second
LK 4: 16 Second
LK 4: 16 Second
LK 4: 16 Second
= Default
= Default
= Default
= Default
M. B. 1-15-18
M. B. 1-15-18
M. B. 1-15-18
M. B. 1-15-18
1. Select Table 001~120
1. Select Table 001~120
1. Select Table 001~120
1. Select Table 001~120
2. Enter Extension Number
2. Enter Extension Number
2. Enter Extension Number
2. Enter Extension Number
3 Digit (100~899)
3 Digit (100~899)
3 Digit (100~899)
3 Digit (100~899)
4 Digit (1000~8999)
4 Digit (1000~8999)
4 Digit (1000~8999)
4 Digit (1000~8999)
6.1.4
Local Numbering Plan Assignment
System A
System B
System C
System D
M. B. 1-2-03
M. B. 1-2-03
M. B. 1-2-03
M. B. 1-2-03
LK 3: 4 Digit
LK 3: 4 Digit
LK 3: 4 Digit
LK 3: 4 Digit
M. B. 1-1-46
M. B. 1-1-46
M. B. 1-1-46
M. B. 1-1-46
Access Code 1 = 000
Access Code 1 = 000
Access Code 1 = 000
Access Code 1 = 000
Access Code 2 = 000
Access Code 2 = 000
Access Code 2 = 000
Access Code 2 = 000
Access Code 3 = 000
Access Code 3 = 000
Access Code 3 = 000
Access Code 3 = 000
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
A. C. 10 = 001
A. C. 11 = 001
A. C. 12 = 001
A. C. 13 = 001
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 39

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
System A
System B
System C
System D
M. B. 4-10
M. B. 4-10
M. B. 4-10
M. B. 4-10
All Ports = 10XX
All Ports = 11XX
All Ports = 12XX
All Ports = 13XX
6.1.5
Closed Numbering Plan - Using Closed Number Blocks
System A
System B
System C
System D
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
Access Code 11 = 401
Access Code 10 = 401
Access Code 10 = 401
Access Code 10 = 401
Access Code 12 = 402
Access Code 12 = 402
Access Code 11 = 402
Access Code 11 = 402
Access Code 13 = 403
Access Code 13 = 403
Access Code 13 = 403
Access Code 12 = 403
M. B. 1-1-49
M. B. 1-1-49
M. B. 1-1-49
M. B. 1-1-49
Block 01 = 115
Block 01 = 115
Block 01 = 115
Block 01 = 115
Block 02 = 115
Block 02 = 115
Block 02 = 115
Block 02 = 115
Block 03 = 115
Block 03 = 115
Block 03 = 115
Block 03 = 115
M. B. 1-1-50
M. B. 1-1-50
M. B. 1-1-50
M. B. 1-1-50
Block 01 = Add 11
Block 01 = Add 10
Block 01 = Add 10
Block 01 = Add 10
Block 02 = Add 12
Block 02 = Add 12
Block 02 = Add 11
Block 02 = Add 11
Block 03 = Add 13
Block 03 = Add 13
Block 03 = Add 13
Block 03 = Add 12
6.1.6
Tandem Connections
System A
System B
System C
System D
M. B. 1-8-08
M. B. 1-8-08
M. B. 1-8-08
M. B. 1-8-08
Page 3, LK 5
Page 3, LK 5
Page 3, LK 5
Page 3, LK 5
On = Allow
On = Allow
On = Allow
On = Allow
M. B. 3-04
M. B. 3-04
M. B. 3-04
M. B. 3-04
All Trunks = LK 2: Yes
All Trunks = LK 2: Yes
All Trunks = LK 2: Yes
All Trunks = LK 2: Yes
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 40
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.2
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Programming Assignments
Install the IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs in slot 8 of each KSU and load the functional firmware (IP CCH
Card). Refer to Section 4 Loading IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Package on page 5-15 of this chapter.
Set S2 DIP switches as follows after loading the functional firmware.
Table 5-5 S2 DIP Switch Settings
Reserved
Mode Operation
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
DTI(
8)-U( ) ETU
6.2.1
Login and Program IAD Card
1.
Boot up a PC with IP Address: 192.168.1.99, Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0. and
connect to the IAD(8)-U( ) either via a crossover cable or a small hub. (Refer to
Section 4 Loading IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Package on page 5-15 for complete
instructions if needed.)
2.
Connect to an IAD(8)-U( ) ETU via your web browser to the following link:
http://192.168.1.100

Each IAD(8)-U( ) ETU must be assigned separately.

___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 41

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.
Login using the following information, then click Login:
Default Login ID = admin (lowercase)
Default Password = password (lowercase)

___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 42
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.
On the Card (Configuration) screen, assign the following for each system. Click Submit
when finished.
System A
System B
System C
System D
Host Name
Host Name
Host Name
Host Name
System 1000
System 1100
System 1200
System 1300
IP Address *
IP Address *
IP Address *
IP Address *
192.168.1.10
192.168.1.11
192.168.1.12
192.168.1.13
Default Gateway *
Default Gateway *
Default Gateway *
Default Gateway *
192.168.1.1
192.168.1.1
192.168.1.1
192.168.1.1
Subnet Mask *
Subnet Mask *
Subnet Mask *
Subnet Mask *
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
Starting RTP Port Number
Starting RTP Port Number
Starting RTP Port Number
Starting RTP Port Number
49150
49150
49150
49150
Country
Country
Country
Country
North America
North America
North America
North America
Transmit Pad
Transmit Pad
Transmit Pad
Transmit Pad
0
0
0
0
Receive Pad
Receive Pad
Receive Pad
Receive Pad
0
0
0
0
Signaling TOS
Signaling TOS
Signaling TOS
Signaling TOS
c0
c0
c0
c0
Media TOS
Media TOS
Media TOS
Media TOS
c0
c0
c0
c0
Page Timeout
Page Timeout
Page Timeout
Page Timeout
10 minutes
10 minutes
10 minutes
10 minutes
Echo Calibration
Echo Calibration
Echo Calibration
Echo Calibration
0
0
0
0
Ethernet Interface
Ethernet Interface
Ethernet Interface
Ethernet Interface
Auto Negotiate
Auto Negotiate
Auto Negotiate
Auto Negotiate
* Actual settings should be provided by the network administrator.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 43

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
The following completed screen is from System A.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 44
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.
On the Port (Configuration) screen, all assignments will be left at default for this example.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 45

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.
On the Address (Configuration) screen, assign the following address for each system.
Dialed
Address
Pt Code
Trunk #
Comment
Number
10
192.168.1.10
00001
9
System 1000's
11
192.168.1.11
00002
9
System 1100's
12
192.168.1.12
00003
9
System 1200's
13
192.168.1.13
00004
9
System 1300's
Note:
All four systems can have the exact same Address (Configuration) Assignments.
The following completed screen is from System A.
___________________________________________________________________________________
5 - 46
IP (K-CCIS)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.
On the System screen, click on Reset Card.
This completes the programming example.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
5 - 47

Chapter 6
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX
(Point-to-Multipoint)

IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX
(Point-to-Multipoint)
Chapter 6
___________________________________________________________________________________
This chapter describes the system outline, hardware installation, and programming
procedures for providing IP (K-CCIS) to a NEAX PBX (Point-to-Multipoint) with the
Electra Elite IPK system.
SEC
TION 1
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1.1
General Description
The system uses the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU to connect multiple systems together
over a Data Communication IP Network (Intranet). Key-Common Channel
Interoffice Signaling (K-CCIS) is used to provide telephony services between
the Electra Elite/Elite IPK and another Electra Elite/Elite IPK or a NEAX PBX
on the opposite side.
The illustration below shows a system outline of IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-
to-Multipoint) Network via IP. When connecting to a NEAX system, IPT cards
are used and must be installed.

NEAX 2400 IPX/
NEAX 7400IMX
Electra Elite/
IPT
Elite IPK
IAD(8)-U( )
Router
Router
NEAX 2000 IVS2
NEAX2000/7400 ICS M100MX
Electra Elite/
IP NETWORK
(INTRANET)
Elite IPK
IPT
IAD(8)-U( )
Router
Router
Figure 6-1 K-CCIS System Networking with IP
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 1

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
1.2
Point-to-Multipoint Connection
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU allows a point-to-multipoint connection. A point-to-
multipoint connection is a connection type which designates multiple
destination IP Addresses per IAD(8)-U( ) ETU as shown below.
One IAD(8)-U( ) card can be connected to multiple opposite offices in point-to-
multipoint connection.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 2
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________

NEAX 2400 IPX/
NEAX 7400IMX
Electra Elite/
IPT
Elite IPK
192.168.1.011
IAD(8)-U( )
192.168.1.010
Router
Router
NEAX 2000 IVS2
NEAX2000/7400 ICS M100MX
IPT
192.168.1.012
Router
Figure 6-2 IAD(8)-U( ) Card in Point-to-Multipoint Connection
SECTION 2
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU SPECIFICATIONS
2.1
Description
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is an optional interface for the Electra Elite IPK KSU that
is used as an integration device. The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU will support multiple IP
applications. For this feature the IP CCH for NEAX application must be
loaded.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 3

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Figure 6-3 IAD(8)-U( ) Card
2.2
Installation
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU can be installed in any KSU slot (1~8) of any KSU (1~3).
Note: The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU will not boot up until the following memory blocks are assigned;
Application
Memory Block
Setting
7-1 (Card Interface Slot
Page 6, LK 2: DTI8
Assignment)
IP CCH Card
1-11-05 (T1 Channel Selection)
Page 1, LKs 1~4: ON
or
Page 1, LKs 1~8: ON
IP Station
7-1 (Card Interface Slot
Page 2, LK 1: ESI(8)
(MEGACO)
Assignment)
Note: Refer to the Electra Elite IPK Programming Manual for programming details.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 4
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.2.1
Hot Swap
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU can be removed from the KSU without
powering down the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
2.2.2
Connectors
The IAD (8)-U10 ETU has six connectors
Ë
P1 connects to the backboard
Ë
JP5, JP6 - RJ-45 connects to the Ethernet
Ë
JP5 (reserved for future use)
Ë
JP6 default Ethernet connection
Ë
J10/J13/J1 (reserved for future use)
2.2.3
Switch Setting
Ë
S1 pushbutton switch
N S1 resets the ETU
Ë
S2 DIP switch settings
Table 6-1 S2 DIP Switch Settings at Installation
Reserved
Mode Operation
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
DTI(8
)-U( ) ETU
Note 1: DIP Switches 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 (Reserved)
These are reserved for future use, set these switches in the Off position.
Note 2: Dip Switches 6, 7, and 8 (Mode of Operation)
These dip switches determine the mode of operation supported by the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU
/DTI(8)-U( ) ETU.
2.2.4
LEDs
LIVE LED (D12)
Flashes red when ETU is receiving power from the KSU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 5

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Ethernet Status
Two built-in LEDs (one green and one yellow) on the RJ-45 indicate
Ethernet connection status. The yellow LED is on when the Ethernet
link is up. The green LED flashes to indicate activity.
Channel Status LED (CH1~CH8)
These LEDs indicate the status of the associated Channel or Trunk.
IAD(8)-U( ) LED Boot Sequence Indications
The following tables show the LED Boot Sequence Indications. The
first table is without the functional firmware loaded and the second is
with the functional firmware loaded.
IAD(8)-U( ) LED Boot Sequence Indications
Factory Default (Without Installed Package)
D8
D6
D4
D2
D7
D5
D3
D1
D12
Approximate
State
CH1
CH 2
CH 3
CH 4
CH 5
CH 6
CH 7
CH 8
LIVE
Time
1
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
1 second
(from Cold Boot)
2
ON
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
3
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
4
Off
Off
Off
Off
ON
ON
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
5
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
ON
ON
Flash
5 seconds
IAD(8)-U( ) LED Boot Sequence Indications
After Installing an Application Package (Like IP CCH Package)
D8
D6
D4
D2
D7
D5
D3
D1
D12
Approximate
State
CH1
CH 2
CH 3
CH 4
CH 5
CH 6
CH 7
CH 8
LIVE
Time
1 second
1
ON
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash (from Cold Boot)
2
Off
Off
Off
Off
ON
ON
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
3
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
4
ON
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
5
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
6
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
7
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
8
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Flash
5 seconds
Functional
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Flash
5 seconds
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 6
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
2.2.5
Environmental Conditions
The following environmental conditions apply for IAD(8)-U( ) ETU
operation:
Operating Temperature: +32° to 104°F (0° to 40°C)
Operating Humidity: 10% to 90 % (noncondensing)
SEC
TION 3
KSU PROGRAMMING
3.1
Hardware Assignment
For this feature, the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is installed and assigned as a DTI8. Each
IAD(8)-U10 ETU reduces the maximum capacity of DTI-U( ) ETUs and trunks
in the system.
3.2
Guide to Feature Programming
The following memory blocks are used when installing the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU for
the IP (K-CCIS).
3.2.1
Digital Trunk Data Assignment
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
7-1
Card Interface Slot
Select the following:
Page 6
Assign as DTI8.
(Required)
Assignment
Cabinet Number (1~3)
LK 1: DTI4
Lower Slot (01~08)
LK 2: DTI8
Setting Data to be
assigned.
1-11-00
T1 Signal Format
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
Selection
LK 1: 12 (SF)
LK 2: 24 (ESF)
= Default
1-11-01
Clear Channel Selection
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
LK 1: ZCS
LK 2: B8ZS
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 7

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-11-02
Line Length Selection
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
LK 1: 1 (0~131)
LK 2: 2 (132~262)
LK 3: 3 (263~393)
LK 4: 4 (394~ 24)
LK 5: 5 (525~655)
= Default
1-11-05
T1 Channel Selection
Select DTI number (1~8)
Page 1
Assign first 8
(Required)
then use line keys to
LK 1: Channel 1
channels.
assign data.
LK 2: Channel 2
LK 3: Channel 3
LK 4: Channel 4
LK 5: Channel 5
LK 6: Channel 6
LK 7: Channel 7
LK 8: Channel 8
Default = All
Channels Not
Assigned.
1-11-06
Signaling Selection
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
LK 1: Loop Start
LK 2: Ground Start
= Default
1-11-07
DTI Trunk Type
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Assign as E&M.
(Required)
Assignment
LK 1: CO
LK 2: E&M
LK 3: DID
LK 4: ANI
= Default
3-03
Trunk-to-Trunk Group
Select CO ports (01~ 64)
Enter Trunk Group
Recommend to start
(Required)
Assignment
to be assigned.
(00, 01~32)
with Trunk Group 10
or higher for IP
00 = Not set
(K-CCIS) Channels.
01~32 = Trunk Group
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 8
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
3-14
Tie Line Type Assignment
Select CO ports (01~64)
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
to be assigned.
LK 1: 2nd Dial
LK 2: Immediate
LK 3: Delay
LK 4: Wink
= Default
3-91
Trunk Type Selection
Select CO ports (01~64)
Select Data:
Assign as TIE.
to be assigned.
LK 1: CO
LK 2: PBX (or CTX)
LK 3: TIE
LK 4: DID
= Default
5-06
Trunk Group Outgoing
Enter Trunk Group
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
Priority Selection
number (01~32).
LK 1: High to Low
LK 2: Low to High
= Default
Need to update
3.2.2
CCH Assignment
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-11-03
IP K-CCIS Selection
Enter DTI number (1~8).
Select Data:
Assign for Yes.
(Required)
LK 1: No
LK 2: Yes
R1500 or higher
= Default
1-15-00
K-CCIS Main/Remote
Assign as the main or
LK1 = None
Only one system in
(Required)
Office Selection
remote system. It is
LK2 = Main
the network can be
recomended that this
LK3 = Remote
assigned as the
setting be done last.
Main System. All
others should be
assigned as Remote
if they are in a PBX
= Default
environment.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 9

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-15-05
Destination Point Code
Select Table (001~255).
Enter Point Code
Assign as required.
Transfer Assignment
(00001~16367)
R1500 or higher for
Enter CCH Channel
assigning CCH
(1~4, i)
Channel i
1-15-06
Originating Office Code
Enter Office Code if an
Enter 0~9999
Assign as required.
Number Assignment
Open Numbering Plan is
used.
Default = Not
The Trunk Group
Specified
Access Code should
be included.
1-15-07
K-CCIS Message
Enter timeout.
Enter 00~99
Assign as required.
Response Timeout
00 = (Infinity)
Assignment
01~99 Seconds are
valid times
Default = 30 seconds
1-15-08
Link Reconnect Allow/
Select if Link Reconnect is
Select Data:
Leave at Default.
Deny Selection
provided.
LK 1 = Deny
LK 2 = Allow
= Default
1-15-09
K-CCIS Maximum Call
Select maximum number
Enter 0~7
Assign as required.
Forwarding Hop
of Call Forwarding Hops.
Assignment
Default = 5
1-15-11
Centralized Billing
Select if the Centralized
Select Data:
Assign as required.
Allow/Deny Selection
Billing is provided.
LK 1 = Deny
LK 2 = Allow
= Default
1-15-12
Centralized Billing Point
Select the CCH Channel
Enter the Center
Assign as required.
Code of Center Office
(1~4, i).
Office Point Code
Assignments
(00001~16367)
R1500 or higher for
assigning CCH
Default = Blank
Channel i
1-15-13
Centralized Day/Night
Select if Centralized
Select Data:
Assign as required.
Switching for Remote
Day/Night Switching for
LK 1 = Deny
Office Assignment
Remote Office is provided.
LK 2 = Allow
= Default
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 10
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-15-14
Centralized Day/Night
Select Table (01~16).
Enter Point Code
Assign as required.
Switching for Main Office
(00001~16367)
Assignment
R1500 or higher for
Enter CCH Channel
assigning CCH
(1~4, i).
Channel i
1-15-15
Centralized BLF Send
Select Table (1~8).
Enter Point Code
Assign as required.
Point Code Assignment
(00001~16367).
R1500 or higher
1-15-16
Centralized BLF Send
Select Table Number
Select Data:
Assign as required.
Extension Number
(001~120) and Enter
LK 1: Send Group 1
Assignment
Extension Number.
LK 2: Send Group 2
R1500 or higher
LK 3: Send Group 3
LK 4: Send Group 4
LK 5: Send Group 5
LK 6: Send Group 6
LK 7: Send Group 7
LK 8: Send Group 8
1-15-17
Centralized BLF Send
Select timeout.
LK 1: 4 Second
Assign as required.
Time Assignment
Lk 2: 8 Second
LK 3: 12 Second
R1500 or higher
LK 4: 16 Second
= Default
1-15-18
Centralized BLF Receive
Select Table Number
Enter Extension
Assign as required.
Extension Number
(001~120).
Number
Assignment
3-digit (100~899)
R1500 or higher
4-digit (1000~8999)
3.2.3
Local Numbering Plan Assignment
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-2-03
2-, 3-, or 4-Digit Station
Select the number of
LK 1: 2-Digit
Assign as required.
Number Selection
digits for station numbers.
LK 2: 3-Digit
LK 3: 4-Digit
= Default
1-1-46
Access Code (1-/2-/3-
Assign access code for
Dial No./Function#
Assign as required.
1-1-47
Digit) Assignment
related functions.
X = 001
Station Number
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 11

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
4-10
Station Number
Select Station ports
Enter Station No.
Assign as required.
Assignment
(01~C0) to be assigned.
2-digit (10~89),
3-digit (100~899),
4-digit (1000~8999).
Default = 100~399
3.2.4
Closed Numbering Plan - using Closed Number Blocks
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46
Access Code (1-/2-/3-
Assign access code for
Dial No./Function No.
Assign as required.
1-1-47
Digit) Assignment
related functions.
X = 401
(Required)
Closed number
Block 01 ~
x = 416
Closed Number
Block 16
1-1-49
Networking Trunk Group/
Enter Closed Number
Enter Function No.
Assign as required.
(Required)
Route Advance
Block (01~16).
101~132 or
Assignment
201~232
101~132 = Trunk
Group 01~32
201~216 = Route
Advance Block 01~32
Default = Not
Specified
1-1-50
CO/PBX Outgoing Digit
Enter Closed Number
Enter digits to add
Assign as required.
(Required)
Add Assignment
Block (01~16).
Maximum 10 digits
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 12
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
3.2.5
Open Numbering Plan - Using ARS Tables 1, 2 or 3
Memory
Description/
System Data Name
Assigned Data
Comments
Block
Selection
1-1-46
Access Code (1-/2-/3-
Assign access code for
Dial No./Function No.
Assign as required.
1-1-47
Digit) Assignment
related functions.
X = 601
(Required)
ARS Table 1
X = 602
ARS Table 2
X = 603
ARS Table 3
1-14-01
ARS Dialing Assignment
Select the ARS Table
Enter up to 8 digits.
Assign as required.
(Required)
(1~4) and enter Dial
Number entry (01~128).
Default = Not
Assigned
1-14-02
ARS Dial Allow/Deny
Select the ARS Table
LK 1 = Yes (Allow)
Leave at Default.
Selection
(1~4) and enter Dial
LK 2 = No (Deny)
Number entry (01~128).
= Default
1-14-03
ARS Route Table Number
Select the ARS Table
Enter Route No:
Assign as required.
(Required)
Assignment
(1~4) and enter Dial
00, 01~32
Number entry (01~128).
Route 00 = Not used
Default = 00
1-14-04
ARS Trunk Group to
Select the ARS Route
LK 1: Normal
Assign as required.
(Required)
Route Number
(01~32).
LK 2: TG (01~32)
Assignment
LK 5: RAB (01~16)
LK 6: ICM
= Default
1-14-05
ARS Digit Delete
Select the ARS Route
Enter number of digits
Leave at Default.
Assignment
(01~32).
to delete (00~10).
Default = 00
1-14-06
ARS Digit Add Assignment
Select the ARS Route
Enter up to 10 digits to
Assign as required.
(Required)
(01~32).
add.
Default - 00
1-14-07
ARS Max Digit
Select the ARS Route
Enter Max digits
Assign as required.
(Required)
Assignment
(01~32).
(00~99)
Default = 24
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 13

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 4
LOADING IAD(8)-U( ) ETU PACKAGE
4.1
Description
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU provides the hardware platform for providing Voice Over
IP (VoIP) connectivity for the Electra Elite IPK system. By default, this card is
shipped from NEC with a "platform support" (factory default) firmware. A
functional firmware must be loaded as part of the installation to support the
desired VoIP functionality. For this feature the IP CCH for NEAX application
must be loaded.
4.2
Loading Functional Firmware
1.
Insert the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU in to any interface slot in the KSU. Make sure
that all the switches in S2 are set to the ON position (factory default).
2.
Connect the PC and the IAD(8)-U( ) either via a crossover Ethernet
cable or to a small hub. On the IAD(8)-U( ), connect to Ethernet Port 1.
3.
Set your PC so that it is statically assigned an IP address of
192.168.1.99 with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0 to ensure it is in the
same network as the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU. The IAD(8)-U( ) card default IP
Address is: 192.168.1.100.
The following screens are from a PC with Windows XP Professional. The look
can vary depending on the operating system used.
a.
Go to Control Panel.

___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 15

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
b.
Double click on Network Connections.

___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 16
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
c.
Double click on Local Area Connection.

d.
Click on Properties.

___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 17

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
e.
Click on Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and then click on Properties.

f.
Click on Use the following IP address and for IP address, enter
192.168.1.99. For Subnet address, enter 255.255.255.0 then click
on OK.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 18
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________

g.
Click on Close.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 19

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
h.
Click on Close.
i.
Click on X to close the Network Connections window.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 20
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
4.
Open Internet Explorer (Version 5 or higher) on the PC and point to
192.168.1.100 by typing this address in the navigation bar.
The Internet Explorer must not use any Proxy settings.
5.
Login using the following information, then click Login:
Default Login ID = admin (lowercase)
Default Password = password (lowercase)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 21

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.
Click Browse and locate the applicable IP Application Package file (e.g.,
IPCCH_NEAX_Ver2.00, etc.) then click Upload.
Note: This firmware is provided by NEC and must be stored on your local PC prior
to firmware upload.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 23

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
7.
When you see the following screen, you have successfully loaded your
application package.
8.
You can now remove the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU and configure the dip switch
setting to the applicable mode of operation. (Refer to Section 2
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Specifications on page 6-3 for complete hardware
information.)
S2 DIP Switch Settings
Reserved
Mode Operation
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
DTI(8)
-U( ) ETU
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 24
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 5
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU WEB PROGRAMMING
5.1
Default Data
When installed for the first time, the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU, comes up with factory
set default parameters as shown in the table below.
Table 6-2 Factory Network Settings
Computer Name
neciad
IP Address
192.168.1.100
Subnet Mask
255.255.255.0
Default Gateway
192.168.1.1
In this configuration, the ETU cannot run in any randomly given environment,
and its parameters must be redefined before the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU can work in
your environment.
5.2
Connection
1.
Boot up a PC with IP Address: 192.168.1.99, Subnet Mask:
255.255.255.0, and connect to the IAD(8)-U( ) either via a crossover
cable or a small hub. (Refer to Section 4 Loading IAD(8)-U( ) ETU
Package on page 6-15 for complete instructions if needed.)
2.
Connect to the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU via your web browser to the following
link: http://192.168.1.100.
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU supports Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 and higher.
3.
Login using the following information, then click Login:
Default Login ID = admin (lowercase)
Default Password = password (lowercase)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 25

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
After logging in, the following configuration screens are available. Each screen
and its options are provided on the following pages.
H
Card
H
Port
H
Numbering
H
Destinations
H
Tracing
H
System
H
Help
H
Logout
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 26
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.3
Card (Configuration)
This screen allows the user to set IP and other parameters that commonly
apply to the operation of the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU (IP CCH card).
Host Name (Default value: neciad)
Enter the Computer Name for the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU. The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU is
displayed as a computer on the IP network.
When naming the host machine, the host name may contain only alpha characters,
numeric digits, and a dash. (A space and/or special characters are not allowed in the
host name field).
IP Address (Default value: 192.168.1.100)
This is the static IP address that you need for the configuration. If used in a
DHCP environment where the IP address is automatically allocated by a
DHCP server on the LAN, make sure that the IP address is marked as
RESERVED on the DHCP server.
Default Gateway (Default value: 192.168.1.1)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 27

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Enter the default gateway for the VoIP address in this field.
Subnet Mask (Default value: 255.255.255.0)
Enter the Subnet mask for the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU. This is the same one you
have been using on your subnet.
Starting RTP port number (Default value: 56000)
This field specifies the Real-time Transfer Protocol (RTP) port number used.
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU uses the port number set in this field to determine the
UDP port on which the voice packets are transmitted or received from the
remote side IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Country (Default value: North America)
Choose the country in which this card will be operating. When operating the
card in the United States and Canada choose North America.
Transmit/Receive Pad TX, RX (Default value: 0,0)
These fields are used for DTI operation and provide the attenuation applied to
obtain adequate voice levels for users. It is recommended not to alter this
value unless during solving any issues related to voice quality or echo.
Signaling TO: (Default value: C0)
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU sets this value (in hex) in the one byte type of service
(TOS) field of outgoing SIP messaging UDP packets. Refer to IETF RFC791
and subsequent RFCs describing the usage of the TOS field in the Internet. At
the time of publication of this document, RFC1349 is the latest RFC on this
subject.
The value of this field must be calculated from the following definition based
on RFC1349. Note that the value is based on a bit map of three fields, namely
PRECEDENCE, TOS, and a "Must Be Zero" bit.
Precedence (bits 0, 1,2)
TOS (bits 3, 4, 5, 6)
Must Be Zero (bit 7)
Media TOS (Default value: C0)
The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU sets this value (in hex) in the one byte type of service
(TOS) field of outgoing voice RTP packets. Refer to IETF RFC791 and
subsequent RFCs describing the usage of the TOS field in the Internet. (At the
time of publication of this document, RFC1349 is the latest RFC on this
subject.)
The value of this field must be calculated from the following definition based
on RFC1349. Note that the value is based on a bit map of three fields, namely
PRECEDENCE, TOS, and a "Must Be Zero" bit.
Precedence (bits 0, 1, 2)
TOS (bits 3, 4, 5, 6)
Must Be Zero (bit 7)
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 28
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Page Timeout (Default value: 10 Min.)
The page timeout feature allows the login to the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU to expire
after the duration set in this field. If set to none, this feature is disabled.
Echo Calibration (Default value: 0)
When a VoIP call is connected to a 2-wire loop start circuit, it has a potential to
generate a large side tone towards the VoIP path. Due to the nature of delays
involved in a VoIP communication network, the side tone can be heard as a
large echo at the distant end. The IAD(8)-U( ) has a built-in echo canceller
optimized for a standard loop start trunk. However, as the loop start trunk
characteristics vary depending on the distances from the repeater/CO, further
fine-tuning may be required for optimum echo performance.
The Echo Calibration parameter can be used to fine-tune the echo
performance for a given trunk. As a general rule of thumb, if the trunk is "hot",
use the negative numbers. The hotter the trunk, the larger the negative
number should be that is used.
DTMF Duration (Default value: 110ms/80ms)
Use this setting to specify the tone duration/interdigit time of dual-tone
multifrequency (DTMF) signals. This setting effects the tone duration and
pause duration sent out from the system. (i.e., if a call is initiated at site B
(across IP K-CCIS) and tandems out of site A, change this option in the
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU in site B).
Ethernet Interface (Default value: Auto Negotiate)
The Ethernet Interface setting allows for manual configuration of the Ethernet
port connection mode. This can be set to operate in the following port speed
and duplex mode: 10MB/Full Duplex, 100MB/Half Duplex, and/or 100MB Full
Duplex. At default, this will be set to Auto Negotiate. When set to Auto
Negotiate, the IAD card will sense the peer connection (wherever the cable is
connected to (e.g. Hub, Switch, or Router) hardware capabilities and negotiate
the best possible speed and operation mode.
When set to Auto Negotiate, make sure that the peer (the other side of the
Ethernet cable) is capable of Auto Negotiate (some Routers may not have
this feature).
When set to a default other than Auto Negotiate, make sure that the peer
is configured to operate in the same manner. Speed and duplex mode
must match on both sides of the cable.
Submit and Reset the Card
After changing the IP Address, Default Gateway, and/or the Subnet Mask, you
must click on the Submit icon then go to the System screen and click Reset
Card. A forced Reset or Safe Reset can be selected (refer to Subsection 5.8
System on page 6-39 for additional information).
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 29

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.4
Port (Configuration)
Using this screen, the Voice over IP parameters can be set on a per
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU basis. The selections in this screen applies to outgoing calls.
Preference 1/2/3
Default value:
Preference 1 - G.711 mu-law/20ms
Preference 2 - G.729/20ms
Preference 3 - G.723.1/20ms
Encoding Preferences
Select the preferred encoding protocol (codec). The actual encoding used for
a call is determined dynamically between the two participating systems. The
setting in this field only provides a "preference" of codec within this system.
Packet Size (ms) (Default value: 20ms)
This defines the packet size. Select the preferred packet size for outgoing
calls.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 31

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
The calling party side codec in an incoming call INVITE request will be
matched against the preferences set in this page, starting from preference 1. If
a matching codec is found, the call will be accepted, with the packet size set in
the receiving side.
Jitter Depth (ms (Default value: 60ms)
The jitter buffer value must be at least 10ms more than the largest packet size
in your preference selections. For better delay performance, it is
recommended to be kept at the minimum allowed value.
Use all available codecs for incoming calls (Default value: Used)
When this option is used, any of the following codecs is accepted in the
following order for incoming calls:
First Preference: G.711 mu-law/20ms
Second Preference: G.711a-law/20ms
Third Preference: G.723.1/30ms
Fourth Preference: G.729/20ms
5.5
Numbering (Plan Records)
This table and the Destination (Records) table define the destination for calls
when using the IP CCH for NEAX application. When the first dialed digits of an
outgoing call match any of the numbers in this table, a Point Code is
referenced. The IP CCH for NEAX application then uses the Destination
(Records) table to route the call to the applicable IP Address.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 32
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
In the example below, the first entry of 1 (e.g., 1XX) represents incoming
digits/calls from the network. Any outgoing call which match the first digit of 2
(e.g., 2XX) will be routed to the system with Point Code 2. Any outgoing call
that match the first digit of 3 (e.g., 3XX) will be routed to the system with Point
Code 3.
Up to 256 entries are allowed into this table.
Dialed Digits
Enter the first few digits of the dialed number for both incoming and outgoing
calls from and to the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 33

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Point Code (Valid Pt Code: 00001~16383)
Point codes uniquely identify a system within a network. Enter in this field the
point code assigned for each IAD(8)-U( ) card in the whole network, including
the IAD(8)-U( ) card being configured.
PBX (No/Yes)
If the system is an Electra Elite or Elite IPK, do not check this box - assign No
for this setting. If the system is an NEAX PBX, check this box - assign Yes for
this setting.
Comment
This field is used for entering remarks and has no effect on the operation of
the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Edit
This allows the following entries to be modified:
Ë
Point Code
Ë
PBX (No/Yes)
Ë
Comment
Add/Delete
This is used to add and entry or delete an entry.
Download
This option allows the data to be downloaded and saved into a CSV (Comma
delimited) file. After the data is saved, it can be easily modified by another
program (e.g., MS Excel) then reloaded by using the Upload option.
Upload
This option allows the data to be uploaded from a CSV (Comma delimited) file.
After the data is saved by using the Download option, the information for this
table can be built or modified by another program (e.g., MS Excel) then
reloaded by using the Upload option.
It is very important to include ALL the Systems/Point Codes in the network in this
table.
The point codes in this table are used in conjunction with the point codes that are
programmed for K-CCIS features in the Electra Elite/Elite IPK system.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 34
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.6
Destination (Records)
The Numbering Plan table and this table define the destination of calls when
using the IP CCH for NEAX application. When the first dialed digits of an
outgoing call match any of the numbers in the Numbering Plan table, a Point
Code is referenced. The IP CCH for NEAX application then uses this table to
route the call to the applicable IP Address.
In the example below, incoming calls to Point Code 1 are routed to the
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU with IP Address 192.168.1.1 (the actual card being
assigned). Outgoing calls to Point Code 2 will be routed to the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU
with IP Address 192.168.1.2. Outgoing calls to Point code 3 will be routed to
the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU with IP Address 192.168.1.3.
Up to 256 entries are allowed into this table.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 35

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Point Code (Valid Pt Code: 00001~16383)
Point codes uniquely identify a system within a network. Enter in this field the
point code assigned for each IAD(8)-U( ) card in the whole network, including
the IAD(8)-U( ) card being configured.
Address
Enter the IP address assigned to each individual IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Ports (DTI4 or DTI8)
Use this option to match the assignment in Memory Block 7-1 (Card Interface
Slot Assignment). The IAD(8)-U( ) ETU card can be assigned as a 4-port DTI
card (DTI4) or as an 8-port DTI (DTI8).
Trunk # (Valid Trunk No. 1~64)
Assign the first trunk number of the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU from Memory Block 7-1
(Card Interface Slot Assignment). This must be entered for all the IAD(8)-U( )
ETUs in the IP K-CCIS network.
Comment
This field is used for entering remarks and has no effect on the operation of
the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Edit
This allows the following entries to be modified:
Ë
Ports
Ë
Trunk #
Ë
Comment
Add/Delete
This is used to add and entry or delete an entry.
Download
This option allows the data to be downloaded and saved into a CSV (Comma
delimited) file. After the data is saved, it can be easily modified by another
program (e.g., MS Excel) then reloaded by using the Upload option.
Upload
This option allows the data to be uploaded from a CSV (Comma delimited) file.
After the data is saved by using the Download option, the information for this
table can be built or modified by another program (e.g., MS Excel) then
reloaded by using the Upload option.
It is very important to include ALL the IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs in the network in this table.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 36
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
When the system contains more than one IAD(8)-U( ) ETU , all ETUs must have the
same point code, though their IP addresses and dialing numbers may be different.
The point codes in this table are used in conjunction with the point codes that are
programmed for K-CCIS features in the Electra Elite/Elite IPK system.
5.7
Tracing
This page is used for analyzing any communication errors, and is intended for
use by any technical support personnel.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 37

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.8
System
This page provides information about the Firmware Revision and Card Type,
and additional Administrator Functions.
Reset Card
Reboot is necessary when changing the operating modes and network
participation parameters (such as IP Address, Gateway Address, TOS field
etc.).
Upload
The software package on the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU can be upgraded via a web
browser. Use this link either to upgrade the SIP trunk package, or to load any
other available package.
Reset Password
This enables the admin user to change the current password. You can not
change the user name from admin.
Save System
This is used to save the IP CCH card configuration file to a hard drive or floppy
disk on the local programming PC.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 39

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Restore System
This is used to restore previously saved IP CCH Card configuration files
(saved from Save System link).
5.9
Help
This page provides Help information available while Logged-In.
5.10
Logout
This is used to disconnect (Logout) from the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
SEC
TION 6
PROGRAMMING EXAMPLE
6.1
Programming Example #1
The following example provides the programming details of four systems
connected by the IP CCH for NEAX application. In this example, two of the
systems are Elite IPK systems and two are NEAX PBX systems.
Point Code 00002
Address:
Point Code 00001
1st IAD: 192.168.1.20
Address:
2nd IAD: 192.168.1.21
IAD: 192.168.1.10
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
IPK
IPK
System A
System B
(1000)
(1100)
IP Network
(Intranet)
NEAX
NEAX
System C
System D
(1200)
(1300)
Point Code 00003
Point Code 00004
Address: 192.168.1.30
Address: 192.168.1.40
Figure 6-4 Programming Example 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 40
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.1.1
KSU Programming Assignments
For this example, the following system configuration will be used.
Ë
A 4-digit Closed Numbering Plan using Closed Number Blocks
is used.
Ë
System A is a single cabinet Elite IPK Expanded port package
with one B64-U20 KSU and one IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Ë
System B is a single cabinet Elite IPK Expanded port package
with one B64-U20 KSU and two IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs.
Ë
Each system has 16 multiline telephones.
Ë
Each system has 8 analog trunks.
It is assumed that the systems were defaulted (first power on) with
the following cards installed as described below.
Card Interface Slot Assignment (Memory Block 7-1)
CARD TYPE AND PORTS
Card Type
Slot
During 1st
SYSTEM A
SYSTEM B
Power On
Card Type
Ports
Card Type
Ports
1
ESI(8)-U10
ESI(8)-U10
Station 1 ~ 8
ESI(8)-U10
Station 1 ~ 8
2
ESI(8)-U10
ESI(8)-U10
Station 9 ~ 16
ESI(8)-U10
Station 9 ~ 16
3
None
None
N/A
None
N/A
4
COI(8)-U10
COI(8)-U10
Trunks 1 ~ 8
COI(8)-U10
Trunks 1 ~ 8
5
None
None
N/A
None
N/A
6
None
None
N/A
None
N/A
7
None
IAD(8)-U( )
Trunks 9 ~ 16
IAD(8)-U( )
Trunks 9 ~ 16
8
None
None
N/A
IAD(8)-U( )
Trunks 17 ~ 24
0A
MIFM-U10
MIFM-U10
N/A
MIFM-U10
N/A
Ë
Systems C and D are NEAX systems. Refer to the appropriate
system manuals for programming details.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 41

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.1.2
Digital Trunk Assignments
System A
System B
M. B. 7-1
M. B. 7-1
1. Select Cabinet 1, Slot 7
1. Select Cabinet 1, Slot 7
2. Assign Page 6, LK 2
2. Assign Page 6, LK 2
(DTI8)
(DTI8)
3. Select Cabinet 1, Slot 8
4. Assign Page 6, LK 2
(DTI8)
M. B. 1-11-05
M. B. 1-11-05
1. Select DTI No. 1
1. Select DTI No. 1
2. Page 1, LK 1~8 = On
2. Page 1, LK 1~8 = On
3. Select DTI No. 2
4. Page 1, LK 1~8 = On
M. B. 1-11-07
M. B. 1-11-07
1. Select DTI No. 1, blocks
1. Select DTI No. 1, blocks
1 and 2
1 and 2
2. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
2. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
3. Select DTI No. 2, blocks
1 and 2
4. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
M. B. 3-03
M. B. 3-03
1. Trunks 9~16
1. Trunks 9~24
2. Assign Trunk Group 15
2. Assign Trunk Group 15
6.1.3
CCH Assignment
System A
System B
M. B. 1-11-03
M. B. 1-11-03
1. Select DTI No. 1
1. Select DTI No. 1
2. Assign LK 2 (Yes)
2. Assign LK 2 (Yes)
3. Select DTI No. 2
4. Assign LK 2 (Yes)
M. B. 1-15-00
M. B. 1-15-00
1. Assign LK 3 Remote
1. Assign LK 3 Remote
(Required)
(Required)
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 42
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.1.4
CCH Assignment (Optional - if required)
System Wide Assignments
System A
System B
M. B. 1-15-05
M. B. 1-15-05
1. Select Table 001~255
1. Select Table 001~255
2. Enter CCH Channel 1~4
2. Enter CCH Channel 1~4
or i
or i
M. B. 1-15-06
M. B. 1-15-06
Enter 0~9999
Enter 0~9999
Default = Not Specified
Default = Not Specified
M. B. 1-15-07
M. B. 1-15-07
Enter 00~99
Enter 00~99
M. B. 1-15-08
M. B. 1-15-08
Select Data:
Select Data:
LK 1 = Deny
LK 1 = Deny
LK 2 = Allow
LK 2 = Allow
= Default
= Default
M. B. 1-15-09
M. B. 1-15-09
Enter 0~7
Enter 0~7
Default = 5
Default = 5
Centralized Day/Night Switching Assignments
System A
System B
M. B. 1-15-13
M. B. 1-15-13
Select Data:
Select Data:
LK 1 = Deny
LK 1 = Deny
LK 1 = Allow
LK 1 = Allow
= Default
= Default
M. B. 1-15-14
M. B. 1-15-14
1. Select Table 01~16
1. Select Table 01~16
2. Enter Point Code
2. Enter Point Code
(00001~16367)
(00001~16367)
3. Enter CCH Channel 1~4
3. Enter CCH Channel 1~4
or i
or i
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 43

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Centralized BLF Assignments
System A
System B
M. B. 1-15-15
M. B. 1-15-15
1. Select Table 1~8
1. Select Table 1~8
2. Enter Point Code
2. Enter Point Code
(00001~16367)
(00001~16367)
M. B. 1-15-16
M. B. 1-15-16
1. Select Table 001~120
1. Select Table 001~120
2. Enter Extension Number
2. Enter Extension Number
3. Select Data:
3. Select Data:
LK 1: Send Group 1
LK 1: Send Group 1
LK 2: Send Group 2
LK 2: Send Group 2
LK 3: Send Group 3
LK 3: Send Group 3
LK 4: Send Group 4
LK 4: Send Group 4
LK 5: Send Group 5
LK 5: Send Group 5
LK 6: Send Group 6
LK 6: Send Group 6
LK 7: Send Group 7
LK 7: Send Group 7
LK 8: Send Group 8
LK 8: Send Group 8
M. B. 1-15-17
M. B. 1-15-17
Select Data:
Select Data:
LK 1: 4 Second
LK 1: 4 Second
LK 2: 8 Second
LK 2: 8 Second
LK 3: 12 Second
LK 3: 12 Second
LK 4: 16 Second
LK 4: 16 Second
= Default
= Default
M. B. 1-15-18
M. B. 1-15-18
1. Select Table 001~120
1. Select Table 001~120
2. Enter Extension Number
2. Enter Extension Number
3 digit (100~899)
3-digit (100~899)
4 digit (1000~8999)
4-digit (1000~8999)
6.1.5
Local Numbering Plan Assignment
System A
System B
M. B. 1-2-03
M. B. 1-2-03
LK 3: 4 digit
LK 3: 4 digit
M. B. 1-1-46
M. B. 1-1-46
A. C. 1 = 000
A. C. 1 = 000
A. C. 2 = 000
A. C. 2 = 000
A. C. 3 = 000
A. C. 3 = 000
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
A. C 10- 001
A. C. 11 = 001
M. B. 4-10
M. B. 4-10
All Ports = 10XX
All Ports = 11XX
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 44
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.1.6
Closed Numbering Plan - using Closed Number Blocks
System A
System B
M. B. 1-47
M. B. 1-47
A. C. 11 = 401
A. C. 10 = 401
A. C. 12 = 402
A. C. 12 = 402
A. C. 13 = 403
A. C. 13 = 403
M. B. 1-1-49
M. B. 1-1-49
Block 01 = 115
Block 01 = 115
Block 02 = 115
Block 02 = 115
Block 03 = 115
Block 03 = 115
M. B. 1-1-50
M. B. 1-1-50
Block 01 = Add 11
Block 01 = Add 10
Block 02 = Add 12
Block 02 = Add 12
Block 03 + Add 13
Block 03 + Add 13
6.1.7
Tandem Connections
System A
System B
M. B. 1-8-08
M. B. 1-8-08
Page 3, LK 5
Page 3, LK 5
On = Allow
On = Allow
M. B. 3-04
M. B. 3-04
All Trunks = LK 2: Yes
All Trunks = LK 2: Yes
6.2
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Programming Assignments
Install the IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs in the appropriate slot(s) of each KSU and load
the functional firmware (IP CCH for NEAX) as described in Section 4 of this
chapter.
Set S2 DIP Switches as follows after loading the functional firmware:
Reserved
Mode Operation
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
DTI(8)
-U( ) ETU
6.2.1
Login and Program IAD ETU
1. Boot up a PC with IP Address: 192.168.1.99, Subnet Mask:
255.255.255.0, and connect to the IAD(8)-U( ) ETU either via a
crossover cable or a small hub. (Refer to Section 4 Loading
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 45

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Package on page 6-15 for complete instructions
if needed.)
2. Connect to an IAD(8)-U( ) ETU via your web browser to the
following link: http://192.168.1.100.
Each IAD(8)-U( ) ETU will need to be assigned separately.
3. Login using the following information, then click Login:
Default Login ID = admin (lowercase)
Default Password = password (lowercase)
4. On the Card (Configuration) screen, assigned the following for
each system. Click Submit when finished.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 46
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Card (Configuration) Assignments
System A
System B1
System B2
Host Name
Host Name
Host Name
System 1000
System 1100,_1st
System 1100,_2nd
IP Address *
IP Address *
IP Address *
192.168.1.10
192.168.1.20
192.168.1.21
Default Gateway *
Default Gateway *
Default Gateway *
192.168.1.1
192.168.1.1
192.168.1.1
Subnet Mask *
Subnet Mask *
Subnet Mask *
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
Starting RTP port number
Starting RTP port number
Starting RTP port number
56000
56000
56000
Country
Country
Country
North America
North America
North America
Transmit Pad
Transmit Pad
Transmit Pad
0
0
0
Receive Pad
Receive Pad
Receive Pad
0
0
0
Signaling TOS
Signaling TOS
Signaling TOS
c0
c0
c0
Media TOS
Media TOS
Media TOS
c0
c0
c0
Page Timeout
Page Timeout
Page Timeout
10 minutes
10 minutes
10 minutes
Echo Calibration
Echo Calibration
Echo Calibration
0
0
0
* Actual settings should be provided by the network administrator.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 47

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
The following screen is from System A.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 48
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
5.
On the Port (Configuration) screen, all assignments will be left at default
for this example.
6.
On the Numbering (Plan Records) screen, assign the following for each
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Dialed Number
Pt Code
PBX
Comments
10
00001
No
System 1000 (Elite IPK)
11
00002
No
System 1100 (Elite IPK)
12
00003
Yes
System 1200 (NEAX)
13
00004
Yes
System 1300 (NEAX)
Note:
All three IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can have the exact same Numbering (Plan Records)
Assignments.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 49

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
The following screen is from System A.
7.
On the Destination (Records) screen, assigned the following for each
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Destination (Records) Assignments
Trunk
Pt Code
Address
Ports
Comments
No.
00001
192.168.1.10
8
9
System 1000 (Elite IPK)
00002
192.168.1.20
8
9
System 1100 (Elite IPK)_1
00002
192.168.1.21
8
17
System 1100 (Elite IPK)_2
00003
192.168.1.30
PBX
1
System 1200 (NEAX)
00004
192.168.1.40
PBX
1
System 1300 (NEAX)
Note: All three IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can have the exact same Numbering (Plan Records)
Assignments.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 50
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
The following screen is from System A.
8.
On the System screen, click on Reset Card.
This completes the programming example #1.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 51

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.3
Programming Example #2
The following example provides the programming details of three systems
connected by the IP CCH for NEAX application and one system connected by
legacy (T1) K-CCIS.
Point Code 00002
Address:
1st IAD: 192.168.1.10
Point Code 00001
2nd IAD: 192.168.1.11
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
IPK
IPK
T1 for K-CCIS
System A
System B
(1000)
(1100)
IP Network
(Intranet)
Electra Elite
Electra Elite
IPK
IPK
System C
System D
(1200)
(1300)
Point Code 00003
Point Code 00004
Address: 192.168.1.20
Address: 192.168.1.30
Figure 6-5 Programming Example 2
6.3.1
KSU Programming Assignments
For this example, the following system configuration will be used.
Ë
A 4-digit Closed Numbering Plan using Closed Number Blocks
is used.
Ë
System A is a single-cabinet Elite IPK Expanded port package
with one B64-U20 KSU and one DTI-U( ) ETU and a
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU.
Ë
System B is a single-cabinet Elite IPK Expanded port package
with one B64-U20 KSU, one DTI-U( ) ETU, and two
IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 52
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Ë
System C is a single-cabinet Elite IPK Expanded port package
with one B64-U20 KSU and one IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Ë
System D is a single-cabinet Elite IPK Expanded port package
with one B64-U20 KSU and one IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Ë
Each system has 16 multiline telephones.
Ë
Each system has 8 analog trunks.
It is assumed that the systems were defaulted (first power on) with
the following cards installed as described below.
Card Interface Slot Assignment (Memory Block 7-1)
SYSTEM A
Card Type
Slot
During 1st
Ports
Power On
1
ESI(8)-U10
Station 1 ~ 8
2
ESI(8)-U10
Station 9 ~ 16
3
None
N/A
4
COI(8)-U10
Trunks 1 ~ 8
5
DTI-U( ) ETU
Trunks 9 ~ 32
6
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
N/A
7
None
N/A
8
None
N/A
0A
MIFM-U10
N/A
Note: A CLKG-U( ) Unit is required for System A.

SYSTEM B
Card Type And Ports
Card Type
After Installing IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs
Slot
During 1st
Power On
Card Type
Ports
1
ESI(8)-U10
ESI(8)-U10
Station 1 ~ 8
2
ESI(8)-U10
ESI(8)-U10
Station 9 ~ 16
3
None
None
N/A
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 53

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
SYSTEM B
Card Type And Ports
Card Type
After Installing IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs
Slot
During 1st
Power On
Card Type
Ports
4
COI(8)-U10
COI(8)-U10
Trunks 1 ~ 8
5
DTI-U( ) ETU
DTI-U( ) ETU
Trunks 9 ~ 32
6
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
N/A
7
None
IAD(8)-U( )
Trunks 33 ~ 40
8
None
IAD(8)-U( )
Trunks 41 ~ 48
0A
MIFM-U10
MIFM-U10
N/A
Note:
A CLKG-U( ) Unit is required for System B.

SYSTEMS C and D
Card Type And Ports
Card Type
After Installing IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs
Slot
During 1st
Power On
Card Type
Ports
1
ESI(8)-U10
ESI(8)-U10
Station 1 ~ 8
2
ESI(8)-U10
ESI(8)-U10
Station 9 ~ 16
3
None
None
N/A
4
COI(8)-U10
COI(8)-U10
Trunks 1 ~ 8
5
None
None
N/A
6
None
None
N/A
7
DTI-U( ) ETU
IAD(8)-U( )
Trunks 9 ~ 16
8
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
None
None
0A
MIFM-U10
MIFM-U10
N/A
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 54
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.3.2
Digital Trunk Assignments
System A
System B
System C
System D
M.B. 7-1
M.B. 7-1
M.B. 7-1
M.B. 7-1
No assignment required.
1. Select Cabinet 1, Slot 7
1. Select Cabinet 1, Slot 7
1. Select Cabinet 1, Slot 7
2. Assign Page 6, LK 2
2. Assign Page 6, LK 2
2. Assign Page 6, LK 2
(DTI8)
(DTI8)
(DTI8)
3. Select Cabinet 1, Slot 8
4. Assign Page 6, LK 2
(DTI8)
M. B. 1-8-33
M. B. 1-8-33
M. B. 1-8-33
M. B. 1-8-33
1. Cabinet 0 (Master
1. Cabinet 1, Slot 5
No assignment required.
No assignment required
System) - Default
(Slave System)
M. B. 1-11-01
M. B. 1-11-01
M. B. 1-11-01
M. B. 1-11-01
1. Select DTI No. 1
1. Select DTI No. 1
No assignment required.
No assignment required.
2. LK 2 (B8ZS)
2. LK 2 (B8ZS)
M. B. 1-11-05
M. B. 1-11-05
M. B. 1--11-05
M. B. 1-11-05
No assignment required
1. Select DTI No. 2
1. Select DTI No. 1
1. Select DTI No. 1
2. Page 1, LK 1~8 = On
2. Page 1, LK 1~8 = On
2. Page 1, LK 1~8 = On
3. Select DTI. No. 3
1. Page 1, LK 1~8 = On
M. B. 1-11-07
M. B. 1-11-07
M. B. 1-11-07
M. B. 1-11-07
1. Select DTI No. 1, blocks
1. Select DTI No. 1,
1. Select DTI No. 1,
1. Select DTI No. 1,
1 ~ 6
blocks 1 ~ 6
blocks 1 and 2
blocks 1 and 2
2. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
2. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
2. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
2. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
3. Select DTI No. 2, blocks
1 and 2
4. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
5. Select DTI No. 3, blocks
1 and 2
6. Assign LK 2 (E&M)
M. B. 3-03
M. B. 3-03
M. B. 3-03
M. B. 3-03
1. Trunks 9~31
1. Trunks 9~31
1. Trunks 9~16
1. Trunks 9~16
2. Assign Trunk Group 10
2. Assign Trunk Group 10
2. Assign Trunk Group 15
2. Assign Trunk Group 15
3. Trunk 32
3. Trunk 32
4. Assign Trunk Group 00
4. Assign Trunk Group 00
5. Trunks 33 ~ 48
6. Assign Trunk Group 15
M. B. 3-14
M. B. 3-14
M. B. 3-14
M. B. 3-14
1. Trunks 9~32
1. Trunks 9~32
No assignment required.
No assignment required.
2. AssignLK 2 (WINK)
2. Assign LK 2 (WINK)
M. B. 3-91
M. B. 3-91
M. B. 3-91
M. B. 3-91
1. Trunks 9~31
1. Trunks 9~31
No assignment required.
No assignment required.
2. Assign LK 3 (TIE)
2. Assign LK 3 (TIE)
Note : Trunk 32 should
Note: Trunk 32 should
remain at Default
remain at Default
(CO)
(CO)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 55

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.3.3
CCH Assignment
System A
System B
System C
System D
M.B. 1-11-03
M.B. 1-11-03
M.B. 1-11-03
M.B. 1-11-03
No assignment required.
1. Select DTI No. 2
1. Select DTI No. 1
1. Select DTI No. 1
2. Assign LK 2 (Yes)
2. Assign LK 2 (Yes)
2. Assign LK 2 (Yes)
3. Select DTI No. 3
4. Assign LK 2 (Yes)
M. B. 3-70
M. B. 3-70
M. B. 3-70
M. B. 3-70
1. Trunks 9~31
1. Trunks 9~31
No assignment required.
No assignment required.
2. Assign CIC 001~023
2. Assign CIC 001~023
M. B. 1-15-01
M. B. 1-15-01
M. B. 1-15-01
M. B. 1-15-01
1. Select CCH 1
1. Select CCH 1
No assignment required.
No assignment required.
2. Assign LK 2 (56K) -
2. Assign LK 2 (56K) -
Default
Default
M. B. 1-15-02
M. B. 1-15-02
M. B. 1-15-02
M. B. 1-15-02
1. Select CCH 1
1. Select CCH 1
No assignment required.
No assignment required.
2. Assign Trunk 24
2. Assign Trunk 24
M. B. 1-15-03
M. B. 1-15-03
M. B. 1-15-03
M. B. 1-15-03
1. Select CCH 1
1. Select CCH 1
No assignment required.
No assignment required.
2. Assign P. C. 00001
2. Assign P. C. 00002
(Originating Point Code)
(Originating Point Code)
M. B. 1-15-04
M. B. 1-15-04
M. B. 1-15-04
M. B. 1-15-04
1. Select CCH 1
1. Select CCH 1
No assignment required.
No assignment required.
2. Assign P. C. 00002
2. Assign P. C. 00001
(Destination Point Code)
(Destination Point Code)
M. B. 1-15-05
M. B. 1-15-05
M. B. 1-15-05
M. B. 1-15-05
No assignment required.
1. Assign as follows:
No assignment required.
No assignment required.
T001: PC00001 = CCH 1
T002: PC00003 = CCHi
T003: PC00004 = CCHi
(Destination Point Code
Transfer)
M. B. 5-05
M. B. 5-05
M. B. 5-05
M. B. 5-05
1. Select Trunk Group 10
1. Select Trunk Group 10
No assignment required.
No assignment required.
2. Assign CCH 1
2. Assign CCH 1
M. B. 5-06
M. B. 5-06
M. B. 5-06
M. B. 5-06
1. Select Trunk Group 10
1. Select Trunk Group 10
No assignment required.
No assignment required.
2. Assign H>L - Default
2. Assign L>H
M. B. 1-15-00
M. B. 1-15-00
M. B. 1-15-00
M. B. 1-15-00
Assign LK 2 (MAIN)
Assign LK 3 (REMOTE)
Assign LK 3 (REMOTE)
Assign LK 3 (REMOTE)
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 56
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.3.4
CCH Assignment (Optional - if required)
System A/B/C/D
M.B. 1-15-06
Enter 0~9999
Default = Not Specified
(Originating Office Code
Number)
M. B. 1-15-07
Enter 00~99
(Message Response
Timeout)
M. B. 1-15-08
Select Data:
LK 1 = Deny
LK 2 = Allow
= Default
(Link Reconnect Allow/
Deny)
M. B. 1-15-09
Enter 0~7
Default = 5
(Maximum Call Forwarding
Hop)
Centralized Day/Night Switching Assignments
System A/B/C/D
M.B. 1-15-13
Select Data:
LK 1 = Deny
LK 2 = Allow
= Default
M. B. 1-15-14
1. Select Table 01~16
2. Enter Point Code
( 00001~26367)
3. Enter CCH Channel 1~4
or i
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 57

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Centralized BLF Assignments *
System A/B/C/D
M.B. 1-15-15
1. Select Table 1~8
2. Enter Point Code"
(00001~16367)
M. B. 1-15-16
1. Select Table 001~120
2. Enter Extension Number
3. Select Data:
LK 1: Send Group 1
LK 2: Send Group 2
LK 3: Send Group 3
LK 4: Send Group 4
LK 5: Send Group 5
LK 6: Send Group 6
LK 7: Send Group 7
LK 8: Send Group 8
M. B. 1-15-17
Select Data:
LK 1: 4 Second
LK 2: 8 Second
LK 3: 12 Second
LK 4: 16 Second
= Default
M. B. 1-15-18
1. Select Table 001~120
2. Enter Extension Number
3-digit (100~899)
4-digit (1000~8999)
* Not supported with NEAX
PBXs.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 58
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.3.5
Local Numbering Plan Assignment
System A
System B
System C
System D
M. B. 1-2-03
M. B. 1-2-03
M. B. 1-2-03
M. B. 1-2-03
LK 3: 4 Digit
LK 3: 4 Digit
LK 3: 4 Digit
LK 3: 4 Digit
M. B. 1-1-46
M. B. 1-1-46
M. B. 1-1-46
M. B. 1-1-46
Access Code 1 = 000
Access Code 1 = 000
Access Code 1 = 000
Access Code 1 = 000
Access Code 2 = 000
Access Code 2 = 000
Access Code 2 = 000
Access Code 2 = 000
Access Code 3 = 000
Access Code 3 = 000
Access Code 3 = 000
Access Code 3 = 000
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
A. C. 10 = 001
A. C. 11 = 001
A. C. 12 = 001
A. C. 13 = 001
M. B. 4-10
M. B. 4-10
M. B. 4-10
M. B. 4-10
All Ports = 10XX
All Ports = 11XX
All Ports = 12XX
All Ports = 13XX
6.3.6
Closed Numbering Plan - Using Closed Number Blocks
System A
System B
System C
System D
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
M. B. 1-1-47
Access Code 11 = 401
Access Code 10 = 401
Access Code 10 = 401
Access Code 10 = 401
Access Code 12 = 402
Access Code 12 = 402
Access Code 11 = 402
Access Code 11 = 402
Access Code 13 = 403
Access Code 13 = 403
Access Code 13 = 403
Access Code 12 = 403
M. B. 1-1-49
M. B. 1-1-49
M. B. 1-1-49
M. B. 1-1-49
Block 01 = 110
Block 01 = 110
Block 01 = 115
Block 01 = 115
Block 02 = 110
Block 02 = 115
Block 02 = 115
Block 02 = 115
Block 03 = 110
Block 03 = 115
Block 03 = 115
Block 03 = 115
M. B. 1-1-50
M. B. 1-1-50
M. B. 1-1-50
M. B. 1-1-50
Block 01 = Add 11
Block 01 = Add 10
Block 01 = Add 10
Block 01 = Add 10
Block 02 = Add 12
Block 02 = Add 12
Block 02 = Add 11
Block 02 = Add 11
Block 03 = Add 13
Block 03 = Add 13
Block 03 = Add 13
Block 03 = Add 12
6.3.7
Tandem Connections
System A
M.B. 1-8-08
Page 3, LK 5
On = Allow)
M. B. 3-04
All Trunks = LK 2: Yes
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 59

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.4
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Programming Assignments
Install the IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs in the appropriate slot(s) of each KSU and load
the functional firmware (IP CCH for NEAX) as described in Section 4 of this
chapter.
Set S2 DIP Switches as follows after loading the functional firmware:
Reserved
Mode Operation
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
DTI(8)
-U( ) ETU
6.4.1
Login and Program IAD Card
1. Boot up a PC with IP Address: 192.168.1.99, Subnet Mask:
255.255.255.0, and connect to the IAD(8)-U( ) either via a
crossover cable or a small hub. (Refer to Section 4 Loading
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU Package on page 6-15 for complete instructions
if needed.)
2. Connect to an IAD(8)-U( ) ETU via your web browser to the
following link: http://192.168.1.100.
Each IAD(8)-U( ) ETU will need to be assigned separately.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 60
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
3. Login using the following information, then click Login:
Default Login ID = admin (lowercase)
Default Password = password (lowercase)

4. On the Card (Configuration) screen, assigned the following for
each system. Click Submit when finished.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 61

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
Card (Configuration) Assignments
System B
System B
System C
System D
1st IAD(8)-U( )
2nd IAD(8)-U( )
Host Name
Host Name
Host Name
Host Name
System 1100_1st
System 1100_2nd
System 1200
System 1300
IP Address *
IP Address *
IP Address *
IP Address *
192.168.1.10
192.168.1.11
192.168.1.20
192.168.1.30
Default Gateway *
Default Gateway *
Default Gateway *
Default Gateway *
192.168.1.1
192.168.1.1
192.168.1.1
192.168.1.1
Subnet Mask *
Subnet Mask *
Subnet Mask *
Subnet Mask *
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
Starting RTP Port Number
Starting RTP Port Number
Starting RTP Port Number
Starting RTP Port Number
56000
56000
56000
56000
Country
Country
Country
Country
North America
North America
North America
North America
Transmit Pad
Transmit Pad
Transmit Pad
Transmit Pad
0
0
0
0
Receive Pad
Receive Pad
Receive Pad
Receive Pad
0
0
0
0
Signaling TOS
Signaling TOS
Signaling TOS
Signaling TOS
c0
c0
c0
c0
Media TOS
Media TOS
Media TOS
Media TOS
c0
c0
c0
c0
Page Timeout
Page Timeout
Page Timeout
Page Timeout
10 minutes
10 minutes
10 minutes
10 minutes
Echo Calibration
Echo Calibration
Echo Calibration
Echo Calibration
0
0
0
0
Ethernet Interface
Ethernet Interface
Ethernet Interface
Ethernet Interface
Auto Negotiate
Auto Negotiate
Auto Negotiate
Auto Negotiate
* Actual settings should be provided by the network administrator.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 62
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
The following screen is from System A.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 63

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
5. On the Port (Configuration) screen, all assignments will be left at
default for this example.
6. On the Numbering (Plan Records) screen, assigned the following
for each IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Dialed
Pt
PBX
Comments
Number
Code
10
00001
No
System 1000 (Elite IPK)
11
00002
No
System 1100 (Elite IPK)
12
00003
No
System 1200 (Elite IPK)
13
00004
No
System 1300 (Elite IPK)
Note: All four IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can have the exact same Numbering (Plan
Records) assignment.
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 64
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
The following screen is from System A.
7. On the Destination (Records) screen, assigned the following for
each IAD(8)-U( ) ETU.
Destination (Records) Assignments
Trunk
Pt Code
Address
Ports
Comments
No.
00002
192.168.1.10
8
33
System 1100 (Elite IPK)_1
00002
192.168.1.11
8
40
System 1100 (Elite IPK)_2
00003
192.168.1.20
8
9
System 1200 (Elite IPK)
00004
192.168.1.30
8
9
System 1300 (Elite IPK)
Note: All four IAD(8)-U( ) ETUs can have the exact same Numbering (Plan Records)
Assignments.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 65

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 5
___________________________________________________________________________________
8. On the System screen, click on Reset Card.
This completes the programming example #2.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Electra Elite IPK K-CCIS Manual
6 - 67

Document Revision 5
Electra Elite IPK
___________________________________________________________________________________
6.5
Port Designations
The table below is a list of programmable and non-programmable port
numbers that are designated for the IAD(8)-U10 ETU and IP Applications.
Table 6-3 Port Configurations
IP Application
IP Port Numbers
Comments
SIP Trunk Card
(Programmable)
SIP Trunk
49150 ~ 49166
UDP
SIP
5060
UDP
MEGACO Station
MEGACO/H248
2944/49152
UDP
MEGACO Terminals
49152/49154
Starting RTP Port
MEGACO Station Firmware
Starting RTP Port
49150/49166
Package
(Programmable)
H.323 Trunk
H.323 Trunk Firmware
(Programmable)
49150 ~ 49166
Package
UDP
H.323 Protocol
1719/1720
TCP
IP CCH-NEAX
(Fixed - Non-Programmable)
NEC Proprietary CCIS
56000 ~ 56258
UDP
SIP
5060
UDP
57000
TCP
IP CCH
(Programmable)
IP CCH Package
49150 ~ 49166
Starting RTP Port
SIP Protocol
5060
TCP
___________________________________________________________________________________
6 - 68
IP (K-CCIS) to NEAX (Point-to-Multipoint)

KEY-COMMON CHANNEL INTEROFFICE
SIGNALING (K-CCIS) MANUAL
NEC Unified Solutions, Inc.
Document Revision 5

Document Outline